Accreditation Submission
21915VIC
Certificate IV in Shared Technology
21916VIC
Diploma of Shared Technology
21917VIC
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Version 2
May 2009
This course has been accredited under Parts 4.4 and 4.6 of the
Education and Training Reform Act, 2006. It has been entered on the
State Register of Accredited Courses and Recognised Qualifications
and the National Training Information Service.
The period of accreditation is from :
1 July 2008 to 30 June 2013
A new expiry date for 21915VIC-Certificate IV in Shared Technology
of 30/06//2014 has been entered on the VRQA State Register and
uploaded onto training.gov.au
Please Note: the 21916VIC & 21917VIC Diploma/Advanced
Diploma of Engineering Technology expired on the 30/06/2013
Document Status
This document is an exact copy of the document, which is listed on the State Register of Accredited
Courses and Recognised Qualifications and the National Training Information Service.
Version 1: Accredited from 1st July 2008 to 30th June 2013
© State of Victoria (Department of Education and Early Childhood Development)
2008
Copyright of this material is reserved to the Crown in the right of the State of
Victoria. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivs 3.0
Australia licence (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/3.0/au/). You are free to use,
copy and distribute to anyone in its original form as long as you attribute Department
of Education and Early Childhood Development as the author, and you license any
derivative work you make available under the same licence.
Disclaimer
In compiling the information contained in and accessed through this resource, the
Department of Education and Early Childhood Development (DEECD) has used its
best endeavours to ensure that the information is correct and current at the time of
publication but takes no responsibility for any error, omission or defect therein.
To the extent permitted by law DEECD, its employees, agents and consultants
exclude all liability for any loss or damage (including indirect, special or
consequential loss or damage) arising from the use of, or reliance on the information
contained herein, whether caused or not by any negligent act or omission. If any law
prohibits the exclusion of such liability, DEECD limits its liability to the extent
permitted by law, for the resupply of the information.
Third party sites
This resource may contain links to third party websites and resources. DEECD is not
responsible for the condition or content of these sites or resources as they are not
under its control.
Third party material linked from this resource is subject to the copyright conditions of
the third party. Users will need to consult the copyright notice of the third party sites
for conditions of usage.
Modification History Version 2
21915VIC Certificate IV in Shared Technology
21916VIC Diploma of Shared Technology
21917VIC Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Approved May 2009
Inclusion of the following nationally endorsed units of competency
CPP07 Property Services Training Package
CPPSIS4008A Organise equipment and supplies
CPPSIS4010A Operate surveying equipment
CPPSIS4011A Perform surveying computations
CPPSIS4014A Maintain spatial data
CPPSIS5002A Capture new spatial data
CPPSIS5009A Produce spatial project deliverables
CPPSIS5021A Apply land and planning law to surveying
CPPSIS5023A Manage advanced surveying computations
CPPSIS6012A Conduct an advanced GPS control survey
CPPSIS6020A Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations
UEE07 Electrotechnology Training Package
UEENEEH014B Troubleshoot frequency dependent circuits
UEENEEH039B Troubleshoot basic amplifiers
UEENEEH044B Diagnose and rectify faults in analogue circuits and components in electronic control
systems
UEENEEE023B Solve basic problems in electronic and digital equipment
Inclusion of new Specialisations
Electrotechnology
Structural Engineering
Powerline Surveying
Inclusion of the following Victorian accredited units of competency
Powerline Surveying (Civil Engineering)
VBP283 Apply principles of mechanics to engineering structures
VBP284 Apply surveying for civil engineering projects
VBP299 Apply surveying computations to civil engineering projects
Computer Systems Networking
VPAU645 Install and configure a home or small office network
VPAU646 Install and configure a small to medium business network
Inclusion of newly developed, to be accredited units of competency.
Computer Systems Networking
VPAU808 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches
VPAU809 Design, install and configure an internet
VPAU810 Build and maintain a fundamental network
Modification History Version 2
VPAU811 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design
VPAU812 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching
VPAU813 Install and maintain a WAN
Electrotechnology
VPAU814 Apply electrical principles to route selection of power distribution networks
VPAU815 Apply electrical considerations to developing the design of power distribution
infrastructure
Identified errors and inconsistencies in the documentation have been corrected.
21915VIC Certificate IV in Shared Technology
Rephrasing course rule
from:
Balance:
maximum of 22 credit matrix points from any specialisation.
to:
The remainder of elective Credit Matrix Points may be selected from any specialisation.
21916VIC Diploma of Shared Technology course structure from:
Rephrasing course rule
from:
Balance:
maximum of 36 credit matrix points from any specialisation.
to:
The remainder of elective Credit Matrix Points may be selected from any specialisation.
21917VIC Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Rephrasing course rule
from:
Balance:
maximum of 66 credit matrix points from any specialisation.
to:
The remainder of elective Credit Matrix Points may be selected from any specialisation.
Modification History Version 1.1
21915VIC Certificate IV in Shared Technology
21916VIC Diploma of Shared Technology
21917VIC Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Approved January 2009
Correction of credit matrix levels, credit points and nominal hours for some units of competency in
Table 4 of this documentation. These changes are the result of the VRQA reviewing units of
competency credit ratings. The extent of the changes can be viewed in appendix 10 of this
accreditation documentation.
Modification History Version 1
21915VIC Certificate IV in Shared Technology
21916VIC Diploma of Shared Technology
21917VIC Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Initial Release – September 2008
Initial accreditation
Section A:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Copyright and course classification information .................................................. 8
Copyright owner of the course ..................................................................................... 8
Address ....................................................................................................................... 8
Type of submission ...................................................................................................... 8
Copyright information................................................................................................... 8
Licensing and franchise ............................................................................................... 9
Course accrediting body .............................................................................................. 9
AVETMISS information .............................................................................................. 10
Period of accreditation ............................................................................................... 10
Section B:
Course information ........................................................................................... 11
1.
Nomenclature ............................................................................................................ 11
1.1
Name of the qualifications .................................................................................. 11
1.2
Nominal duration of the courses......................................................................... 11
2. Development of the course ........................................................................................ 11
2.1
Industry/enterprise/ community needs................................................................ 11
2.2
Review for reaccreditation.................................................................................. 15
3. Courses outcomes..................................................................................................... 15
3.1
Qualification levels ............................................................................................. 15
3.2
Competency standards ...................................................................................... 18
3.3
General competencies ....................................................................................... 18
3.4
Recognition given to the course (if applicable) ................................................... 18
3.5
Licensing/regulatory requirements (if applicable) ............................................... 18
4. Courses rules ............................................................................................................ 18
4.1
Course structure ................................................................................................ 18
4.2.................................................................................................................................. 22
4.3
Entry requirements............................................................................................. 57
4.4
Pathways ........................................................................................................... 57
4.5
Customisation .................................................................................................... 57
5. Assessment ............................................................................................................... 58
5.1
Assessment strategy.......................................................................................... 58
5.2
Assessor competencies ..................................................................................... 59
5.3
Workplace assessment ...................................................................................... 59
5.4
Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)................................................................... 59
6. Delivery ..................................................................................................................... 60
6.1
Delivery modes .................................................................................................. 60
6.2
Resources.......................................................................................................... 61
7. Articulation and credit transfer ................................................................................... 62
8. Ongoing monitoring and evaluation ........................................................................... 62
SECTION C:
Units of competency ......................................................................................... 64
VPAU479 Perform precision measurements ...................................................................... 65
VPAU480 Use computer technology.................................................................................. 71
VPAU478 Dismantle and assemble engineering components or subsystems .................... 77
VPAU477 Apply principles of mechanics to engineering problems .................................... 84
VPAU241 Apply electrical and electronics principles to engineering problems................... 90
VPAU242 Design a shared technology system .................................................................. 96
VPAU243 Develop an advanced testing and evaluation procedure ................................. 102
VPAU814 Apply electrical principles to route selection of power distribution networks..... 108
VPAU815 Apply electrical considerations to developing the design of power distribution
infrastructure.................................................................................................................... 114
VPAU808 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches .......................... 120
VPAU809 Design, install and configure an internetwork .................................................. 127
VPAU810 Build and maintain a fundamental network ...................................................... 133
VPAU811 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design ....................................... 139
VPAU812 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching ................................ 145
VPAU813 Install and maintain a WAN ............................................................................. 150
Table 1 - List of Units of Competency imported from Training Packages ......................... 156
Table 2 - Units of Competency imported from State Accredited Courses ......................... 165
Appendix 1 – Employability Skills .............................................................................................. 171
Appendix 2 – Rational for developing new units of competency ................................................ 175
Appendix 3 – Sample Courses and Credit Matrix Profiles.......................................................... 177
Appendix 4 – VRQA Intentions to Accredit approval letter ......................................................... 182
Appendix 5 – Scoping Report .................................................................................................... 183
Appendix 6 – Minutes of Steering Committee Meetings ............................................................ 202
Appendix 7 – Course Content Endorsement Forms................................................................... 214
Appendix 8 – Letters of Support ................................................................................................ 221
Appendix 9 – Accreditation Panel Documentation ..................................................................... 224
Appendix 10 – Update of Credit Matrix Information – Course Version 1.1 ................................. 236
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section A
Section A:
Copyright and course classification information
Copyright owner of the course
Copyright of this document is held by the Department of Education
and Early Childhood Development, Victoria.
© State of Victoria
Day to day contact:
Mr. Klaus Bienert
Executive Officer
CMM Engineering Industries
Box Hill Institute
853 Whitehorse Road
Box Hill 3128
Telephone: (03) 9286 9934
Facsimile: (03) 9286 9800
Email: k.bienert@bhtafe.edu.au
Address
Department of Education and Early Childhood Development
Executive Director,
Pathways Participation and Youth,
GPO Box 266
Melbourne 3001.
Type of submission
The 21915VIC Certificate IV in, 21916VIC Diploma of, and
21917VIC Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology is submitted
for modification – Version
Copyright of this material is reserved to the Crown in the right of
the State of Victoria.
© State of Victoria (Department of Education and Early Childhood
Development) 2008.
Endorsed units of competency have been imported into these
courses from the following Training Packages, with the permission
of the Department of Education, Employment and Workplace
Relations (DEEWR), the copyright holder on behalf of the
Commonwealth of Australia.
BSB07 Business Services
CPP07 Property Services
CUF07 Screen and Media
CUS01 Music
ICA05 Information and Communications Technology
ICT02 Telecommunications
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
PRS03 Asset Security
PSP04 Public Sector
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEP06 Electricity Supply Industry – Generation Sector
For a detailed listing of the imported units of competency refer to
Section C Table 1 of this submission.
Copyright information
Units of competency from the following State accredited courses:
have been imported and they are copyright to the State of Victoria.
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering Studies
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 8 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section A
Technology)
21621VIC Advanced Diploma of Engineering Technology
For a detailed listing of these units of competency refer to Section
C Table 2 of this submission.
Licensing and franchise
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons AttributionNoDerivs 3.0 Australia licence
(http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/3.0/au/). You are free
to use, copy and distribute to anyone in its original form as long as
you attribute the, Department of Education and Early Childhood
Development as the author, and you license any derivative work
you make available under the same licence.
Copies of this publication can be downloaded free of charge from
the Training Support Network website:
http://trainingsupport.skills.vic.gov.au
Course accrediting body
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Victorian Registration and Qualifications Authority
Level 6, 35 Spring Street
Melbourne, VIC, 3002
Telephone: (03) 9637 2806
Website: www.vrqa.vic.gov.au
Page 9 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section A
AVETMISS information
Classification codes for:
ASCO code:
(Australian Standard
Classification of Occupations occupational type)
3294-11
Computing
Support
Technicians
ANZSIC code
(Australia and New Zealand
Standard Industrial Classification
- industry type)
L7829 n.e.c. Technical
Services
ASCED code – 4 digit
(Field of Education)
0313 Electrical and
Electronic Engineering
and Technology
National course codes
Period of accreditation
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Certificate IV
21915VIC
Diploma
21916VIC
Advanced Diploma
21917VIC
1 July 2008 – 30 June 2013
Page 10 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Section B:
Course information
1. Nomenclature
Name of the qualifications
Certificate IV in Shared Technology
Diploma of Shared Technology
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Nominal duration of the courses
Certificate IV in Shared Technology - 800 hours
Diploma of Shared Technology - 1200 hours
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology - 1600 hours
Development of the course
Accreditation Standard 27.1
Industry/enterprise/
community needs
Background and identification of industry need
Shared Technology is the coming together of various
technologies that were stand alone, into new shared
applications. The term primarily relates to the transfer of
information through electronic means. This technology is
changing the nature of work, the way people work and the
skills they need. The impact of the application of shared
technology is increasingly felt within the automotive, building
and construction, engineering, electrical, electronic,
information technology and telecommunications industries.
The following examples illustrate occupations that employ
shared technology skills in a diverse range of industries.
 Hospitals employing technicians who are involved with
installing and maintaining a complex array of medical
equipment. This sector has a need for people with skills
spanning electronics, microwaves, computer
networking, pneumatics, hydraulics and general
engineering
 Engineering manufacturing companies who employ
technologists with skills spanning programmable
control, robotics, fabrication together with skills in
estimating, quoting and tendering
 Telecommunications companies whose employees’
skills span installation and maintenance of sustainable
energy systems together with providing technical
support such as customer training and post sales
helpdesk.
A guide to shared technology published by the Department
of Education, Science and Training (DEST), 2005,
“Adapting to change – Working with shared
technology”, identifies skills requirements on three
principal levels:
 The operator level – those who need to be able to use
the devices, to understand how the technology works
and to be able to perform basic problem solving and
troubleshooting.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 11 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
 The technician level – those who install, service, repair
and adjust shared technology equipment. They need
more detailed knowledge of how the technology works
and how the different devices interrelate.
 The system administrator level – those who design,
manage and administer the systems. They need a
detailed understanding of the technology, how the
devices interrelate and how shared technology can be
applied to solve business problems.
The EPIC Industry Training Board (EPIC ITB), in response to
a report by Andrew Lindjem1 commissioned by ANTA,
recognised and articulated the new skills requirements for a
range of industries in its strategic advice to the Office of
Training and Tertiary Education (OTTE) in 2004. The advice,
under the heading ‘Major Initiative – Shared Technology’,
states :
‘The purpose of the Shared technology report was to provide
these industries with an advance warning of those
technologies that will change the way that work is
accomplished in the future. Electrotechnology featured very
strongly and was central to the report. Consequently what the
report highlighted was that not only is the Electrotechnology
industry being impacted upon by the introduction of new
technology but that the technology and practices of the
Electrotechnology are having and will continue to have a
significant impact on the growth and development of other
industries’
In response to this strategic advice OTTE contracted the
Curriculum Maintenance Manager, Engineering Industries
(CMM) to develop a course in shared technology for operator
level skills. The result of this development work was the
accreditation of 21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology) in 2005. Apart from
providing vocational outcomes at operator level, this course
has also been successfully used as an entry level program for
the electrotechnology industry through its VET in Schools
implementation.
The development of the proposed courses:
Certificate IV in Shared Technology,
Diploma of Shared Technology, and
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology,
is a continuation of the training needs originally expressed in
the 2004 EPIC strategic advice to OTTE. Collectively they are
designed to satisfy the vocational outcomes at technician and
systems manager levels.
Methodology
In 2005 OTTE requested that the CMM, Engineering
Industries validate and detail the previously identified training
needs in shared technology through a scoping report. The
report was submitted to OTTE in May 2006 and is attached as
Appendix 5.
The main findings of the scoping report were:
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 12 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
 industry consultation indicates a strong requirement for
multi-technology trained people in shared technologies;
 potential for vendor certification endorsements such as
Certified Cisco Networking Associate (CCNA) and the
CompTIA A+ computer service technician certification.
These certifications are in demand and enhance
employability;
 there is a pathway for secondary students who have
studied 21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology
(Shared Technology) through VET in Schools
programs;
 there are no national training package qualifications
meeting the needs of shared technology training.
Existing training packages do not provide the flexibility
to package units of competency from a range of training
packages to provide cross industry skills training;
 the majority of units of competency will be drawn from
current training packages. A small number of new units
of competency need to be developed; and
 vocational streams and outcomes have been identified
and verified through industry surveys and
questionnaires.
The findings of the scoping report formed the basis for the
subsequent development of the structure and content of these
courses. Throughout the design and development phase the
CMM, Engineering Industry sought feedback from major
stakeholders through consultation with industry, in particular
the industry members of the Steering Committee, and received
feedback through the Advanced Diploma of Electronics and
Computer Systems teacher network. The minutes of the
Steering Committee meetings are attached as Appendix 6.
Vocational outcomes
There is no single source of employment for graduates from
these proposed courses. Rather, skills developed in these
courses would prepare graduates to undertake work across a
wide range of activities in technology fields which are
merging and for which presently no formal qualifications are
available.
A diverse range of industries will employ graduates from these
courses such as small and large enterprises involved with
manufacturing, medical equipment servicing,
telecommunications infrastructure, building automation,
computer networking, process control or blends of these
technologies.
These courses are mainly targeted for new entrants into the
workforce, such as school leavers, who want to gain
employment as technicians or engineering associates. These
courses may also provide pathways for post-trade workers in
electrotechnology or engineering wanting to progress to a
technician or technical officer occupation.
It is difficult to predict demand for new courses with any
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 13 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
degree of confidence. However, feedback from RTOs through
the teacher network indicates a willingness to offer the new
courses once they are accredited. This will ensure that these
courses will be listed in the 2009 VTAC Guided. Further,
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared
Technology) is used as a VET in Schools program and
articulates directly into these proposed courses. It can be
assumed that a proportion of the expected demand will come
from secondary students taking advantage of this newly
created pathway. It is expected that demand for the 2009
enrolment period will be about 600 enrolments. Further
increases in enrolments in the order of 10% are expected for
subsequent years.
Certificate IV in Shared Technology
Typical job roles are leading tradesperson, technician and
small team leader.
Specific skills in a shared technology context will cover:
installation
setting up
maintenance
fault diagnosis and rectification
Diploma of Shared Technology
Typical job roles are master tradesperson, senior
technician, technical officer and team leader.
Specific skills in a shared technology context will cover:
commissioning
modification
small system design
system fault diagnosis
technology integration
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Typical job roles are technical specialist, service engineer and
group leader.
Specific skills in a shared technology context will cover:
design of shared technology systems
development of engineering solutions to complex
systems and problems
project planning and management
development of performance/assessment testing
procedures for shared technology systems
Membership of the Steering Committee comprised:
Mike McNabb
CEO
Electro-technology, Printing,
Information and Communications
Industry Training Board Inc (EPIC)
Melissa Adeson
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
HR Manager
Page 14 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Nokia Siemens Networks
Paul Archer
Engineering Manager
Peter MacCallum Cancer Centre
Dale Phillips
Service Manager
CHS Global (Cash Handling
Systems)
Alan Bradley
Associate Director Accreditation
Engineers Australia
Peter Averill
Technical Support Manager School
of Electrical Engineering Faculty of
Health, Engineering and Science
Victoria University
Peter Cossins
Training Consultant
Chisholm Institute
George Adda
CMM Engineering Industries
In attendance:
Klaus Bienert
Ian Stirling
CMM Engineering Industries
CMM Engineering Industries
The Electrotechnology Industry through EPIC Industry
Training Board strongly supports the development of these
courses,
Letters of support (Appendix 8)
Varian
EPIC ITB
Clean Energy Council
Training Package qualifications
The proposed courses do not duplicate any qualifications
within existing Training Packages.
1
Lindjem, A (2003) Shared Technology: A Roadmap for Traditional and
Emerging Industries to 2008, Brisbane, QLD: ANTA
Review for reaccreditation
Courses outcomes
Qualification levels
Not applicable
Accreditation Standards 28.1.a & 28.1.c
Certificate IV in Shared Technology
This course is consistent with the Certificate IV level of the
Australian Qualifications Framework, in that elements and
performance of the set of units of competency enable
individuals with this qualification to:
 demonstrate understanding of a broad knowledge base
incorporating theoretical concepts;
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 15 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
 provide solutions to a defined range of unpredictable
problems;
 identify and apply skill and knowledge areas to a wide
variety of contexts with depth in some areas;
 identify, analyse and evaluate information from a
variety of sources;
 take responsibility for own outputs in relation to
specified quality standards;
 take limited responsibility for the quantity and quality
of the output of others.
Specifically a graduate of this course may:
 undertake detailed maintenance and repair of a wide
range of systems and infrastructure;
 methodically solve problems by fault finding a wide
range of equipment and associated infrastructure, even
in unfamiliar contexts
 perform commissioning and testing of electrical,
mechanical, medical systems, telecommunications or
sustainable energy systems equipment and associated
infrastructure;

analyse cabling diagrams, machine drawings, system
schematics and appropriated lists for commissioning,
testing, maintenance and fault finding purposes;
 demonstrate an in depth knowledge of regulatory and
safety requirements;
 document and report on all installation, maintenance,
testing and commissioning activities according to
enterprise procedures and regulatory requirements
 supervise small work teams and provide technical
support.
Diploma of Shared Technology
This course is consistent with the Diploma level of the
Australian Qualifications Framework in that elements and
performance criteria of the set of units of competency enable
individuals with this qualification to:
 demonstrate understanding of a broad knowledge base
incorporating theoretical concepts, with substantial
depths in some areas;
 analyse and plan approaches to technical problems or
management requirements;
 evaluate information using it to forecast for planning or
research purposes;
 transfer and apply theoretical concepts and/or technical
creative skills to a range of situations;
 take responsibility for own outputs in relation to broad
quantity and quality parameters;
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 16 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
 take limited responsibility for the achievement of group
outcomes.
In the context of the Diploma of Shared Technology the above
features are achieved by individuals being able to:
 implement and utilise engineering solutions in a wide
spectrum of devices or systems such as mechanical,
electro-mechanical, electrical, electronics, medical
systems, hydraulic and pneumatic applications requiring
substantial theoretical concepts;
 analyse, diagnose and plan with respect to mechanical,
electro-mechanical, electrical, electronics, medical
systems, hydraulic and pneumatic solutions that span
shared technologies;
 use complex technical information and concepts to plan
and implement solutions for a range of shared
technology environments and contexts;
 troubleshoot interfacing problems between disparate
technical or engineering systems;
 provide substantial support in managing complex
projects within given time and budgetary constraints;
and
 manage prescribed technical objectives within
organisations that have outputs based on shared
technology applications.
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
This course is consistent with the Advanced Diploma level of
the Australian Qualifications Framework in that elements and
performance criteria of the set of units of competency enable
individuals with this qualification to:
 demonstrate understanding by specialised knowledge
with depth in some areas;
 analyse, diagnose, design and execute judgements
across a broad range of technical or management
functions;
 generate ideas through the analysis of information and
concepts at an abstract level;
 demonstrate a command of wide-ranging, highly
specialised, creative or conceptual skills;
 demonstrate accountability for personal outputs within
broad parameters;
 demonstrate accountability for group outcomes within
broad parameters.
In the context of the Advanced Diploma of Shared
Technology the above features are achieved by individuals
being able to:
 recall and apply engineering and scientific principles in
designing across a spectrum of devices or systems such
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 17 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B





as mechanical, electro-mechanical, electrical,
electronics, medical systems, hydraulic and pneumatic
applications based on a well founded specialist
knowledge domain;
analyse, diagnose, design and execute judgments with
respect to mechanical, electro-mechanical, electrical,
electronics, medical systems, hydraulic and pneumatic
and manufacturing solutions that span shared
technologies;
propose and brief on technical solutions and concepts
typically with options for various shared technology
environments and contexts;
integrate and solve interfacing problems between
disparate technical or engineering systems;
manage complex projects on time and within budget;
and
manage autonomously a range of technical objectives
within organisations that have outputs based on shared
technology applications.
Competency standards
Units of competency from Training Packages contained in
these courses are listed by code, title and Training Package in
Section C Table 1.
Units of competency from Victorian state accredited courses
contained in these courses are listed by code, title and course
in Section C Table 2.
General competencies
These courses have been mapped to national employability
skills. A summary of the employability skills that are reflected
in these courses are included as Appendix 1.
Recognition given to the course (if
applicable)
Not applicable
Licensing/regulatory requirements (if
applicable)
Not applicable
Courses rules
Accreditation Standard 28.1.d & 28.1.g
Course structure
The structure of the Certificate IV in Shared Technology,
Diploma of Shared Technology and Advanced Diploma of
Shared Technology is based on a core/electives model. The
core provides the fundamental knowledge and skills for course
graduates to be able to operate effectively across a range of
technologies. A large number of elective units, made up of
nationally endorsed units of competency and units of
competency from Victorian state accredited courses, is
provided to further enhance technology specific knowledge
and skills development. The elective units are ordered by
technology specialisations. To satisfy the requirement for
graduates to work in a shared technology environment, it is a
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 18 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
requirement of each course structure that at least two
discernable specialisations are chosen from the table of
elective units to complete these qualifications.
Core
complete all six units
Electives
46 credit matrix points with
min of 30 points at Cert IV level or higher
consisting of:
Specialisation 1
Minimum of 12 points at Cert IV
level or higher
Specialisation 2
Minimum of 12 points at Cert IV
level or higher
Remainder of points from any
specialisation
Certificate IV in Shared Technology
To attain the Certificate IV in Shared Technology participants
must:
2. Complete all six (6) core units
3. Complete 46 credit matrix points of elective units from two
or more specialisations. 30 points must comprise units
packaged at Certificate IV level or higher in their source
Training Package or accredited course.
Specialisation 1:
Minimum of 12 credit matrix points originally
packaged at Certificate IV level or higher;
Specialisation 2:
Minimum of 12 credit matrix points originally
packaged at Certificate IV level or higher;
The remainder of elective credit matrix points
may be selected from any specialisation.
Elective units are selected from Table 4. To provide further
flexibility the course rules permit that three (3) of the elective
units of competency may be imported from Training Packages
and/or state accredited courses provided the imported units of
competency are relevant to the shared technology job function
or the need of the enterprise.
The Certificate IV in Shared Technology is an open entry
course, there are no prerequisite units. Electives may have
pre-requisite units; such prerequisites must be satisfied in
addition to Certificate IV electives.
Diploma of Shared Technology
To attain the Diploma of Shared Technology participants
must:
1. Complete all nine (9) core units
2. Complete 72 matrix credit points of elective units from two
or more specialisations. 28 points must comprise units
packaged at Diploma level or higher in their source
Training Package or accredited course.
Specialisation 1:
Minimum of 12 credit matrix points originally
packaged at Diploma level or higher;
and
a minimum of 12 credit matrix points originally
packaged at Certificate IV level or lower.
Specialisation 2:
Minimum of 12 credit matrix points originally
packaged at Diploma level or higher
The remainder of elective credit matrix points
may be selected from any specialisation.
Elective units are selected from Table 4. To provide further
flexibility the course rules permit that three (3) of the elective
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 19 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Core
Complete all nine units
Electives
72 credit matrix points with
min of 28 points at Diploma level
or higher
consisting of:
Specialisation 1
Minimum of 12 points at Diploma level
or higher
and
a minimum of 12 points at Cert IV level
or lower
Specialisation 2
Minimum of 12 points at Diploma level
or higher
Remainder of points from any
specialisation
Core
units of competency may be imported from Training Packages
and/or state accredited courses provided the imported units of
competency are relevant to the shared technology job function
or the need of the enterprise.
The Diploma of Shared Technology is an open entry course,
there are no prerequisite units. Electives may have prerequisite units; such prerequisites must be satisfied in addition
to the chosen Diploma electives. The Certificate IV in Shared
Technology is available as an exit point of the Diploma of
Shared Technology.
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
To attain the Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
participants must:
1. Complete all eleven (11) core units
2. Complete 102 credit matrix points of elective units from
two or more specialisations. 30 credit matrix points must
comprise units packaged at Advanced Diploma level or
higher in their source Training Package or accredited
course.
Specialisation 1:
Minimum of 12 credit matrix points originally
packaged at Advanced Diploma level or higher;
and
a minimum of 12 credit matrix points originally
packaged at Diploma level or lower.
Specialisation 2:
Minimum of 12 credit matrix points originally
packaged at Advanced Diploma level or higher.
The remainder of elective credit matrix points
may be selected from any specialisation.
Elective units are selected from Table 4. To provide
further flexibility the course rules permit that three (3) of
the elective units of competency may be imported from
Training Packages and/or state accredited courses
provided the imported units of competency are relevant to
the shared technology job function or the need of the
enterprise.
Complete all 11 units
Electives
equivalent 102 credit matrix points
with min of 30 points at Adv Dip
level or higher
consisting of:
Specialisation 1
Minimum of 12 points at Adv Dip
level or higher and
a minimum of 12 points at Dip level
or lower
Specialisation
State of 2
© State of Victoria©
Minimum
of 12
Version
2 points at Adv Dip
Victoria 2009
level or higher
The Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology is an open entry
course, there are no prerequisite units. Electives may have prerequisite units; such prerequisites must be satisfied in addition
to the chosen Advanced Diploma electives. The Certificate IV
in Shared Technology and Diploma of Shared Technology are
available as exit points of the Advanced Diploma of Shared
Technology.
Specialisations
The following specialisations are available for the Shared
Technology courses:
1. Applied Science
applied physics, mathematics, and materials science
2. Broadcast Engineering
Page 20 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
radio and television broadcasting equipment and
facilities
3. Building Automation and Security
domestic/commercial/industrial automation
multimedia, climate control, lighting
building surveillance-alarms, fire alarm
4. Computer System Networks
network infrastructure, security, access
5. Control Technologies
embedded control, robotics, pneumatics, hydraulics
6. Engineering Business
estimating, quoting, tendering
7. Manufacturing Technology
manufacturing systems, production processes,
fabrication, quality concepts
micro-fabrication / nano-technology
8. Medical Systems Engineering
vacuum, clean-room, control, microwave
pneumatics/hydraulics
9. Photonics
devices, systems, interfacing, control
10. Sustainable Energy Systems
generation, storage, distribution, monitoring
energy management systems
11. Technical Support
customer relations/training, sales and post-sales
support
installation, configuration, programming
ongoing tech support and maintenance
12. Telecommunications
services, network equipment, customer equipment,
cabling, monitoring
13. Wireless Communications
infrastructure
protocols
installing, commissioning, monitoring/maintaining
14. Electrotechnology
electrical distribution
analogue and digital electronics
amplifiers
15. Structural Engineering
mechanics of structures
computations
civil engineering projects
16. Powerline Surveying
spatial data
surveying,
mapping
geographical information systems.
Providers are advised that in counselling learners on the
choice of electives consideration should be given that a
balance between breadth and depth in a particular
specialisation is achieved.
Samples of course implementations using the above course
rules and their credit matrix ratings can found in Appendix 3 –
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 21 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Sample Courses and Credit Matrix Profiles.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 22 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Table 1
Certificate IV in Shared Technology – Course Structure
Core units – all six (6) to be completed
Unit of
competency
code
Field of
Education
Unit of competency title
Identify and select components
/accessories/materials for
electrotechnology work activities
UEENEEE040B
UEENEEE044B
VBP118
31399
VPAU479
10301
VPAU480
20199
VPAU478
30799
Apply technologies and concepts to
electrotechnology work activities
Carry out a shared technology
project
Perform precision measurements
Use computer technology
Dismantle and assemble
engineering components or
subassemblies
Core
Electives (Selected from Table 4)
Total course nominal duration
Hours
Credit
Matrix
Points
Credit
Matrix
Level
Pre- requisites
60
6
2
none
120
12
2
none
60
6
2
none
30
3
4
none
40
4
4
none
30
3
2
none
340
460
800
34
46
80
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 23 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Table 2
Diploma of Shared Technology – Course Structure
Core units – all nine (9) to be completed
Unit of
Field of
competency
Educa- Unit of competency title
code
tion
Identify and select components/
accessories/materials for
electrotechnology work activities
UEENEEE040B
UEENEEE044B
Apply technologies and concepts to
electrotechnology work activities
Carry out a shared technology
project
Perform precision measurements
Use computer technology
Dismantle and assemble
engineering components or
subassemblies
Apply principles of mechanics to
engineering problems
Hours
Credit
Matrix
Points
Credit
Matrix
Level
Pre-requisites
60
6
2
none
120
12
2
none
60
6
2
none
30
40
3
4
4
4
none
none
30
3
2
none
60
6
5
none
VBP118
31399
VPAU479
VPAU480
10301
20199
VPAU478
30799
VPAU477
30799
VPAU241
31399
Apply electrical/electronics
principles to engineering problems
40
4
5
none
VBP263
39999
Apply basic principles of materials
science to engineering applications
40
4
5
none
480
720
1200
48
72
120
Core
Electives (Selected from Table 4)
Total course nominal duration
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 24 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Table 3
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology – Course Structure
Core units – all eleven (11) to be completed
Unit of
competency
code
Field of
Education
Unit of competency title
UEENEEE040B
Identify and select components/
accessories/materials for
electrotechnology work activities
UEENEEE044B
Apply technologies and concepts to
electrotechnology work activities
Hours
Credit
Matrix
Points
Credit
Matrix
Level
Pre-requisites
60
6
2
none
120
12
2
none
VBP118
31399
Carry out a shared technology project
60
6
2
none
VPAU479
10301
Perform precision measurements
30
3
4
none
VPAU480
20199
Use computer technology
40
4
4
none
VPAU478
30799
Dismantle and assemble engineering
components or subassemblies
30
3
2
none
VPAU477
30799
Apply principles of mechanics to
engineering problems
60
6
5
none
VPAU241
31399
Apply electrical/electronics principles
to engineering problems
40
4
5
none
VBP263
39999
Apply basic principles of materials
science to engineering applications
40
4
5
none
VPAU242
31399
Design a shared technology system
60
6
6
none
VPAU243
31399
Develop an advanced testing and
evaluation system
40
4
6
none
Core
580
58
Electives (Selected from Table 4)
1020
102
Total course nominal duration
1600
160
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 3 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Table 4
Elective Units of Competency
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
1. Applied Science Specialisation
VBP228
10101 Apply mathematical solutions to
engineering problems
80
5
8
5
none
VBP229
10103 Apply statistical methods for quality
control and reliability
40
6
4
6
none
VBP234
30701 Apply calculus to engineering
problems
40
6
4
6
none
VBP263
39999 Apply basic principles of materials
science to engineering applications
40
5
4
5
none
VBP306
39999 Apply transform principles to control
problems in engineering
80
6
8
6
none
2. Broadcast Engineering
Specialisation
BSBDES501A
Implement design solutions
60
5
6
5
none
BSBDES601A
Manage design realisation
50
6
5
6
none
CUFBRT401A
Install or upgrade broadcast
equipment and facilities
100
4/5
10
4
none
CUFBRT402A
Maintain broadcast equipment and
facilities
100
4/5
10
4
none
CUFBRT403A
Ensure quality of broadcast output
100
4/5
10
4
none
CUFBRT501A
Collaborate on the design of
broadcasting facilities
50
5
5
5
CUFBRT402A
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 26 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
ICAI4030B
Install software to networked
computers
40
3
4
4
none
ICAI4097B
Install and configure a network
40
3
4
3
ICAI3101B
3. Building Automation and
Security Specialisation
CUFDIG201A
Maintain interactive content
30
2/3
3
2
none
CUFDIG302A
Author interactive sequences
40
3
4
3
none
CUFDIG501A
Coordinate the testing of interactive
media products
40
5
4
5
none
CUFDIG505A
Design information architecture
70
5/6
7
5
none
CUSSOU05A
Install, align and test sound
equipment
35
3/4
4
3
none
ICAD3218B
Create user documentation
20
3
2
3
none
ICAI3020B
Install and optimise operating system
software
20
3
2
3
none
ICAI4097B
Install and configure a network
40
4
4
4
ICAI3020A
ICAS4127B
Support system software
50
4
5
4
ICAI3020A
ICAU1128B
Operate a personal computer
30
1
3
1
none
ICAU2005B
Operate computer hardware
20
2
2
2
ICAU1128A
ICAU2006B
Operate computing packages
60
2
6
2
none
ICAU3126A
Use advanced features of computer
applications
40
3
4
3
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 27 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
ICAU4205B
Select and employ software and
hardware tools
40
4
4
4
none
ICTTC136B
Install, maintain and modify
customer premises communications
cabling: ACA Restricted Rule
60
3
6
3
none
ICTTC137B
Install, maintain and modify
customer premises communications
cabling: ACA Open Rule
100
3
10
2
ICTTC136B
PRSTS301A
Identify technical security
requirements
10
3
1
3
none
PRSTS302A
Program security equipment/system
20
3
2
3
none
PRSTS303A
Test installed security
equipment/system
16
3
2
3
none
PRSTS304A
Commission/decommission security
equipment/system
20
3
2
3
none
PRSTS305A
Identify and diagnose electronic
security equipment/ system fault
20
3
2
3
none
PRSTS306A
Plan and co-ordinate installation
20
3
2
3
none
PRSTS307A
Maintain and service security
equipment/system
30
3
3
3
none
PRSTS316A
Configure a security system
30
3
3
3
none
UEENEED031B
Develop and validate basic
integrated systems
60
3/4
6
3
none
UEENEED032B
Design integrated systems
60
4
6
4
UEENEED031B
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 28 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
UEENEED033B
Design complex integrated systems
60
4/5
6
4
UEENEED032B
UEENEEK041B
Develop strategies for effective
energy reduction in buildings
120
5/6
12
5
UEENEEK032B
30
2
3
2
none
4. Computer System Networks
Specialisation
VBP119
31305 Perform basic network and computer
assembly
ICAS3031B
Provide advice to clients
40
3
4
3
none
ICAS3032B
Provide network systems
administration
20
2
2
3
ICAI3101B ICAS2024A
ICTTC136B
Install, maintain and modify
customer premises communications
cabling: ACA Restricted Rule
60
2
6
2
none
UEENEED012B
Support computer hardware and
software
120
3/4
12
3
UEENEED002B
UEENEED014B
Design and manage enterprise
networks
80
6
8
6
none
UEENEED015B
Administer user networks
80
4
8
4
UEENEED024B
UEENEED016B
Develop network services
120
5/6
12
5
none
UEENEED017B
Install and configure
Internetworking systems
120
4
12
4
none
UEENEED018B
Design and implement
Internetworking systems
120
5/6
12
5
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 29 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
UEENEED019B
Design and implement
Internetworking systems advanced
routing
100
5/6
10
5
none
UEENEED020B
Design and implement
Internetworking systems remote
access
100
6
10
6
none
UEENEED021B
Design and implement
Internetworking systems multi-layer
switching
100
6
10
6
none
UEENEED022B
Design and implement
Internetworking systems security
100
6
10
6
none
UEENEED023B
Design and implement
Internetworking systems wireless
LANs/WANs
100
6
10
6
none
UEENEED024B
Integrate multiple computer
operating systems on a client server
network
80
4
8
4
none
UEENEED025B
Design and configure HumanMachine Interface networks
60
5/6
6
5
none
UEENEED026B
Design a computer based control
system
120
6
12
6
none
UEENEED046B
Set up and configure basic local area
network
40
2/3
4
2
UEENEED002B
UEENEED048B
Plan computer systems projects
60
6
6
6
none
UEENEEE070B
Write specifications for computer
systems engineering projects
40
5/6
4
5
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 30 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
VBP120
31305 Perform basic network and computer
maintenance
30
2
3
2
none
VBP121
20117 Install and configure basic network
and computer operating systems
40
2
4
2
none
VPAU645
020113
Install and configure a home or small
office network
60
2
6
2
none
VPAU646
020113
Install and configure a small to
medium business network
60
2
6
2
VPAU645
VPAU808
Implement and troubleshoot
020113 enterprise routers and switches
100
4
10
4
none
VPAU809
Design, install and configure an
020113 internet
100
4
10
4
none
VPAU810
020113
80
2
8
2
none
VPAU811
Apply advanced routing protocols to
020113 network design
80
2
8
2
none
VPAU812
020113
Configure and troubleshoot
advanced network switching
80
4
8
4
none
VPAU813
020113 Install and maintain a WAN
80
4
8
4
none
40
3/4
4
3
none
Build and maintain a fundamental
network
5. Control Technologies
Specialisation
UEENEED004B
Use engineering applications
software
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 31 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
UEENEED007B
Develop, enter and verify programs
for programmable logic controllers
using ladder instruction set
60
3/4
6
3
none
UEENEED027B
Develop structured programs to
control external devices
40
4
4
4
none
UEENEED028B
Develop and test code for
microcontroller devices
60
5/6
6
6
none
UEENEED050B
Develop control programs for microcomputer equipped devices
60
5/6
6
6
none
UEENEED051B
Provide programming solution for
engineering problems
60
5/6
6
5
none
UEENEED052B
Design embedded controller systems
80
5/6
8
5
none
UEENEEE072B
Write specifications for electronics
and communications engineering
projects
40
5/6
4
5
none
UEENEEH001B
Carry out basic repairs to computer
equipment by replacement of
modules/sub-assemblies
40
2/3
4
2
UEENEEE002B
UEENEEH002B
Carry out basic repairs to electronic
apparatus by replacement of
components
40
2/3
4
2
UEENEEE002B
UEENEEH012B
Troubleshoot digital subsystems
80
3
8
3
UEENEEE002B UEENEEH002B
UEENEEH015B
Develop software solutions in
microcontroller based systems
60
3
6
3
UEENEEH001B UEENEEH002B
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 32 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
UEENEEH043B
Diagnose and rectify faults in digital
subsystems of electronic controls
60
4
6
4
UEENEEG008B
UEENEEH048B
Design and develop advanced digital
systems
40
5/6
4
6
none
UEENEEH066B
Fault find micro-controller based
hardware
40
3
4
3
none
VBP128
31305 Set up and test an embedded control
system
30
2
3
2
none
VBP129
31303 Test and verify correct operation of a
“by-wire” control system
30
2
3
2
none
VBP130
31303 Implement a digital circuit using a
programmable logic devices (PLD)
30
2
3
2
none
VBP131
30703 Construct and configure a basic
robotic system
30
2
3
2
none
VBP132
30703 Program a basic robotic system
30
2
3
2
none
VBP267
30703 Set up fluid power controlled
engineering systems
80
5/6
8
5
none
VBP269
30703 Apply hydraulic principles in
engineering
60
5
6
5
none
VBP270
30703 Apply pneumatic principles in
engineering
60
5
6
5
none
VBP271
30703 Set up mechatronics engineering
systems
60
5
6
5
none
VBP272
30703 Interface and program mechatronics
engineering systems
60
6
6
6
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 33 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
VBP275
30701 Program, operate and select a
robotics system
60
5
6
5
none
VBP276
30701 Plan and manage a robotics system
60
6
6
6
none
VBP300
30101 Implement control processes using
PLCs
80
5
8
5
none
VBP301
30101 Program control systems
60
5
6
5
none
VBP302
30101 Interface control systems to
industrial processes and analyse data
from Data Acquisition Systems
(SCADA)
120
5
12
5
none
VBP303
30199 Apply instrumentation principles to
industrial control systems
80
5
8
5
none
VBP304
30101 Design and evaluate data acquisition
systems
60
6
6
6
none
VBP305
30101 Implement and maintain control
systems for industrial processes
120
5
12
5
none
VBQU260
31301 Utilise digital electronics for control
applications
60
5
6
5
none
6. Engineering Business
Specialisation
BSBITU301A
Create and use databases
30
3/4
4
3
none
BSBWRT401A
Write complex documents
50
4
10
4
none
BSBEBU501A
Investigate and design ebusiness
solutions
50
5
5
5
none
BSBPMG504A
Manage project costs
40
5/6
5
5
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 34 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
BSBPUR301B
Purchase goods and services
60
3/4
6
3
none
BSBRKG604B
Determine security and access rules
and procedures
20
6
5
6
none
MEM11012B
Purchase materials
60
3
6
2
none
MEM16009A
Research and analyse engineering
information
20
4
2
4
none
MEM16010A
Write reports
20
3
2
4
none
MEM16011A
Communicate with individuals and
small groups
20
3
2
3
none
MEM16014A
Report technical information
20
3
2
4
none
MEM22006A
Source and estimate materials
40
4
4
5
none
MEM30023A
Prepare a simple cost estimate for a
manufactured product
20
4
2
3
none
PSPGOV603B
Develop a tender submission
response
50
5
5
6
none
UEENEEC004B
Prepare specifications for the supply
of materials and equipment for
electrotechnology projects
40
4
4
4
none
UEENEEC005B
Estimate electrotechnology projects
40
4
4
4
none
UEENEEC006B
Prepare tender submissions for
electrotechnology projects
60
5
6
5
UEENEEC005B
UEENEEC007B
Manage contract variations
40
6
4
6
none
7. Manufacturing Technology
Specialisation
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 35 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
MEM07005B
Perform general machining
80
3
8
2
MEM09002B MEM12023A
MEM18001C
MEM07006B
Perform lathe operations
40
3
4
3
MEM07005B MEM09002B
MEM12023A MEM18001C
MEM07007B
Perform milling operations
40
3
4
3
MEM07005B MEM09002B
MEM12023A MEM18001C
MEM07008C
Perform grinding operations
40
3
4
3
MEM07005B MEM09002B
MEM12023A MEM18001C
MEM09002B
Interpret technical drawing
40
3
4
2
None
MEM09003B
Prepare basic engineering drawing
80
3
8
3
MEM09002B
MEM10004B
Enter and change programmable
controller operational parameters
20
3
2
3
MEM09002B MEM16008A
MEM10005B
Commission programmable
controller programs
40
3
4
3
MEM09002B MEM10004B
MEM16008B
MEM10007C
Modify control systems
60
4
6
4
MEM10007B has eight different
prerequisite pathways. Refer to the
MEM05 Metals and Engineering Training
Package for details.
MEM13014A
Apply principles of occupational
health and safety in the work
environment
10
2
1
1
none
MEM14062A
Plan and design mechatronic
engineering projects
60
6
6
6
MEM14082A MEM16008A
MEM23041A MEM23051A
MEM23062A MEM23072A
MEM23082A MEM23092A
MEM30012A
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 36 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
MEM14081A
Apply mechanical engineering
fundamentals to support design and
development of projects
60
5/6
6
5
MEM16008A MEM23041A
MEM30012A MEM23051A
MEM14082A
Apply mechatronics fundamentals to
support design and development of
engineering projects
60
5/6
6
5
MEM16008A MEM23041A
MEM30012A MEM23051A
MEM18001C
Use hand tools
20
2
2
1
none
MEM18002B
Use power tools/hand held
operations
20
2
2
1
none
MEM18020B
Maintain hydraulic system
components
40
3/4/5
4
3
MEM09002B MEM12023A
MEM18001C MEM18002B
MEM18003C MEM18006B
MEM18055B
MEM18021B
Maintain hydraulic systems
40
3/4/5
4
3
MEM09002B MEM12023A
MEM18001C MEM18002B
MEM18003C MEM18006B
MEM18020B MEM18055B
MEM23001A
Apply advanced mathematical
techniques in a manufacturing
engineering or related environment
80
5/6
8
6
MEM30012A MEM16008A
MEM23003A
Operate and program computers
and/or controllers in engineering
situations
80
5/6
8
5
MEM16008A
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 37 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
MEM23041A
Apply basic scientific principles and
techniques in mechanical
engineering situations
80
5
8
5
none
MEM23051A
Apply basic electro and control
scientific principles and techniques
in mechanical and manufacturing
engineering situations
80
5/6
8
5
none
MEM23062A
Select and test mechatronic
engineering materials
60
5
6
5
none
MEM23072A
Select and apply mechatronic
engineering methods, processes and
construction techniques
60
5/6
6
5
none
MEM23081A
Apply scientific principles and
techniques in mechanical
engineering situations
60
5/6
6
6
none
MEM23082A
Apply scientific principles and
techniques in mechatronic
engineering situations
60
6
6
6
MEM23041A MEM23051A
MEM30001A
Use computer aided drafting systems
to produce basic engineering
drawings
40
5/6
4
3
MEM16006A MEM16008A
MEM30012A
Apply mathematical techniques in a
manufacturing engineering or related
environment
40
3
4
3
None
20
2
2
2
none
VBN768
30799 Develop an individual career plan
for the engineering industry
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 38 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
VBN769
30707 Perform basic machining processes
40
2
4
2
none
VBN770
30101 Apply basic fabrication techniques
40
2
4
2
none
VBN771
31399 Apply electrotechnology principles
in an engineering work environment
20
2
4
2
none
VBN772
30799 Use computers for engineering
related work activities
20
2
2
2
none
VBN773
30701 Produce basic engineering sketches
and drawings
20
2
2
2
none
VBN774
30799 Perform basic computational
principles in engineering work
activities
20
2
2
2
none
VBN776
30101 Use basic engineering concepts to
plan the manufacture of engineering
components
20
2
2
2
none
VBN777
30799 Handle engineering materials
20
2
2
2
none
VBN778
30101 Produce basic engineering
components and products using
fabrication and machining
60
2
6
2
VBN769 VBN770 VBN773
VBN779
30707 Perform cutting, grinding and
turning operations
60
2
6
2
VBN769 VBN770 VBN773
VBN780
30709 Form, bend and shape engineering
materials
60
2
6
2
VBN770
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 39 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
VBN781
31315 Use fundamental refrigeration
principles and processes to make
refrigeration and/or air conditioning
equipment operational
60
2
6
2
MEM18001C MEM18002B VBN773
VBN774
VBN782
30711 Perform basic welding and thermal
cutting processes to fabricate
engineering structures
60
2
6
2
none
VBN783
30799 Create engineering drawings using
computer aided systems
60
2
6
2
VBN772 VBN773
VBN785
30101 Assemble and test electronic
engineering equipment and make it
operational
60
2
6
2
MEM18001C MEM18002B VBN774
VBP138
31301 Maintain rechargeable battery
systems
30
2
3
2
none
VBP139
31301 Identify and locate building blocks
of a centralised power generation
system
30
2
3
2
none
VBP140
31301 Set up an extra low voltage
emergency power supply system (not
exceeding 32V)
30
2
3
2
none
VBP141
31301 Install a sustainable extra low
voltage energy power system
30
2
3
2
none
VBP236
39999 Use advanced 2D & 3D computer
aided drafting techniques
80
6
8
6
none
VBP247
30101 Set up advanced manufacturing
systems (AMS)
60
5
6
5
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 40 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
VBP248
30101 Design advanced manufacturing
systems (AMS)
60
6
6
6
none
VBP249
30101 Manage advanced manufacturing
systems (AMS)
60
6
6
6
none
VBP258
30101 Apply safe working practice when
operating vacuum systems
20
4
2
4
none
VBP259
30101 Apply vacuum principles to
advanced manufacturing
40
5
4
5
none
VBP260
30101 Identify & select vacuum
components & materials
40
5
4
5
none
VBP261
30101 Operate vacuum components and
systems
40
4
4
4
none
VBP262
30101 Maintain & repair vacuum systems
60
5
6
5
none
VBP275
30701 Program, operate and select a
robotics system
60
5
6
5
none
VBP276
30701 Plan and manage a robotics system
60
6
6
6
none
8. Medical Systems Engineering
Specialisation
VBP244
30101 Establish and manage maintenance
systems
80
6
8
6
none
VBP258
30101 Apply safe working practice when
operating vacuum systems
20
4
2
4
none
VBP259
30101 Apply vacuum principles to
advanced manufacturing
40
5
4
5
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 41 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
VBP260
30101 Identify & select vacuum
components & materials
40
5
4
5
none
VBP261
30101 Operate vacuum components and
systems
40
4
4
4
none
VBP262
30101 Maintain & repair vacuum systems
60
5
6
5
none
VBQU244
30101 Evaluate and select clean rooms
60
6
6
6
none
VBQU245
30101 Develop procedures for cleanroom
operations
40
6
4
6
none
VBQU246
30101 Undertake testing of cleanrooms
60
6
6
6
none
9. Photonics Specialisation
ICTTC010C
Place, secure and terminate optical
fibre cable
30
2
3
3
none
ICTTC142A
Use photonics devices
150
5
15
5
none
ICTTC143A
Integrate specialised photonics
devices into telecommunications
systems
150
5
15
5
none
ICTTC144A
Use a virtual instrument
150
5
15
5
none
ICTTC145A
Perform photonics device laboratory
techniques
150
5
15
5
none
ICTTC146A
Test and manipulate WDM devices
and systems
150
5
15
5
none
30
2
3
2
none
VBP133
31303 Plan and build a system using
photonic equipment
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 42 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
VBP134
30703 Use photonic equipment in
engineering technology
30
2
3
2
none
VBP135
31307 Use photonic equipment in
communications technology
30
2
3
2
none
10. Sustainable Energy Systems
Specialisation
UEENEEE001B
Apply OHS practices in the
workplace
20
2
2
1
UEENEEE002B
Dismantle, assemble and fabricate
electrotechnology components
40
2
4
2
none
UEENEEE003B
Solve problems in extra-low voltage
single path circuits
40
2
4
2
none
UEENEEE004B
Solve problems in multiple path d.c.
circuits
40
2
4
2
UEENEEE003B
UEENEEE005B
Fix and secure equipment
20
2
2
2
None
UEENEEE007B
Use drawings, diagrams, schedules
and manuals
40
2
4
2
None
UEENEEE008B
Lay wiring/cabling and terminate
accessories for extra-low voltage
circuits
40
2
4
2
UEENEEE005BUEENEEE007B
UEENEEE074B
Write specifications for renewable
energy engineering projects
40
5/6
4
5
none
UEENEEK001B
Maintain safety and tidiness of
remote area power supply (RAPS)
systems
20
2
2
2
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 43 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
UEENEEK002B
Work safely with remote area power
supply (RAPS) systems
20
2
2
2
none
UEENEEK003B
Conduct periodic maintenance of
remote area power supply (RAPS)
battery banks
40
2
4
2
UEENEEE001B UEENEEE002B
UEENEEE003B UEENEEK001B
UEENEEK004B
Conduct periodic maintenance of
remote area power supply (RAPS)
generator sets
40
2
4
2
UEENEEE001B UEENEEE002B
UEENEEE003B UEENEEK001B
UEENEEK005B
Conduct periodic maintenance of
remote area power supply (RAPS)
photo voltaic arrays
40
2
4
2
UEENEEE001B UEENEEE002B
UEENEEE003B UEENEEK001B
UEENEEK006B
Conduct periodic maintenance of
remote area power supply (RAPS)
wind generators
40
2
4
2
UEENEEE001B UEENEEE002B
UEENEEE003B UEENEEK001B
UEENEEK007B
Conduct audits in the demand side
use of remote area power supplies
40
2/3
4
2
UEENEEE001B UEENEEE002B
UEENEEE003B UEENEEK001B
UEENEEK002B UEENEEK003B
UEENEEK004B UEENEEK005B
UEENEEK006B
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 44 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
UEENEEK008B
Plan periodic maintenance schedules
of remote area power supplies
40
2/3
4
2
UEENEEE001B UEENEEE033B
UEENEEK002B UEENEEK003B
UEENEEK004B
UEENEEK009B
Attend to breakdowns in remote area
power supplies
20
3
2
3
UEENEEE001B UEENEEE002B
UEENEEE003B UEENEEK001B
UEENEEK010B
Coordinate maintenance of
renewable energy apparatus and
systems
20
4
2
4
UEENEEE001B UEENEEE002B
UEENEEE003B UEENEEK001B
UEENEEK011B
Assemble and connect remote area
power supplies
60
2
6
2
UEENEEE002B UEENEEE003B
UEENEEE007B
UEENEEK012B
Provide basic sustainable energy
solutions for energy reduction in
domestic premises
40
2
4
2
None
UEENEEK013B
Apply sustainable energy practice in
daily activities
100
2
10
2
None
UEENEEK014B
Promote sustainable energy practice
in the community
40
2
4
2
None
UEENEEK017B
Maintain and repair facilities
associated with remote area essential
services operation
120
2/3
12
2
UEENEEE001B UEENEEE002B
UEENEEE003B
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 45 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
UEENEEK018B
Maintain operation of remote area
water facilities
120
2/3
12
2
UEENEEK017B
UEENEEK019B
Maintain operation of remote area
waste water facilities
80
2/3
8
2
UEENEEK017B UEENEEE001B
UEENEEE002B UEENEEE003B
UEENEEK020B
Maintain operation of remote area
power plant
120
2/3
12
2
UEENEEK017B
UEENEEK021B
Manage renewable energy projects
40
6
4
6
none
UEENEEK022B
Plan renewable energy projects
60
6
6
6
none
UEENEEK023B
Carry out basic repairs to renewable
energy apparatus by replacement of
components
80
2/3/4
8
2
UEENEEE004B UEENEEE008B
UEENEEK024B
Assemble and set up photovoltaic
apparatus in domestic dwellings
20
2/3
2
2
UEENEEK025B
UEENEEK025B
Solve basic problems in photovoltaic
energy apparatus
80
2/3/4
8
2
UEENEEK023B
UEENEEK026B
Install and set up grid connected
photovoltaic power systems
40
3/4
4
3
UEENEEK025B
UEENEEK027B
Diagnose faults in renewable energy
control systems
60
4/5
6
4
UEENEEK025B
UEENEEK028B
Solve problems in stand-alone
renewable energy systems
60
4/5
6
4
UEENEEK023B
UEENEEK029B
Design renewable energy heating
systems
120
5/6
12
5
UEENEEK028B
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 46 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
UEENEEK030B
Solve problems in wind energy
conversion systems
60
4/5
6
4
UEENEEK023B
UEENEEK031B
Design wind energy conversion
systems rated to 10 kW.
60
5/6
6
5
UEENEEK030B
UEENEEK032B
Develop strategies to address
sustainability issues
20
4/5
2
4
none
UEENEEK032B
Develop strategies to address
sustainability issues
20
5/6
2
5
none
UEENEEK033B
Design set up hybrid power systems
80
5/6
8
5
UEENEEK028B
UEENEEK035B
Design grid connected power supply
systems
120
5/6
12
5
UEENEEK025B
UEENEEK037B
Install and set up micro-hydro
systems
20
3/4
2
3
UEENEEK023B
UEENEEK038B
Design micro-hydro systems
60
4/5
6
4
UEENEEK028B
UEENEEK039B
Design stand-alone renewable
energy systems
40
5/6
4
5
UEENEEK028B
UEENEEK041B
Develop strategies for effective
energy reduction in buildings
120
5/6
12
5
UEENEEK032B
UEPMNT349A
Diagnose and Repair Faults in
Electrical Equipment
40
3
4
3
none
UEPMNT410A
Diagnose and Repair Faults in
Electronic Equipment
40
4
4
4
none
UEPMNT411A
Diagnose and Repair Faults in
Complex Electrical Equipment
40
4
4
4
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 47 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
UEPMNT418A
Perform Mechanical and Fabrication
Drafting
80
4
8
4
none
UEPMNT420A
Perform Electrical/Electronic
Drafting
80
4
8
4
none
UEPMNT433A
Conduct Routine Generator
Electrical Maintenance
80
4
8
4
none
UEPOPS238A
Maintain battery banks and cells
20
2
2
2
none
UEPOPS343A
Operate Hydro-Electric Generating
Plant and Auxiliary Equipment
30
3
3
3
none
UEPOPS347A
Operate and Monitor Supervisory,
Control and Data Acquisition
Systems
30
3
3
3
none
VBP136
31301 Operate a small power supply
system
30
2
3
2
none
VBP137
31301 Assemble and connect an extra low
voltage battery power source
30
2
3
2
none
VBP138
31301 Maintain rechargeable battery
systems
30
2
3
2
none
VBP139
31301 Identify and locate building blocks
of a centralised power generation
system
30
2
3
2
none
VBP140
31301 Set up an extra low voltage
emergency power supply system (not
exceeding 32V)
30
2
3
2
none
VBP141
31301 Install a sustainable extra low
voltage energy power system
30
2
3
2
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 48 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
11. Technical Support
Specialisation
VBP122
31317 Install and test a home entertainment
system
30
2
3
2
none
ICAI3101B
Install and manage network
protocols
40
3
4
3
none
ICAI4097B
Install and configure a network
40
4
4
4
ICAI3101A
ICAS3024B
Provide basic system administration
20
3
2
3
none
ICAS3032B
Provide network systems
administration
20
3
2
3
ICAI3101A ICAS3024
ICAS3120B
Configure and administer a network
operating system
50
3
5
3
ICAI3101A ICAS3024
ICAS4022B
Determine and action client
computing problems
40
4
4
4
none
ICAS4023B
Provide one-to-one instruction
20
4
2
4
none
ICAS4106B
Action and complete change requests
40
4
4
4
none
ICAS5102B
Establish and maintain client user
liaison
20
5
2
5
none
ICAS5104B
Determine maintenance strategy
30
5
3
5
ICAT3025A
ICAS5122B
Identify and resolve network
problems
30
5
3
5
ICAI4097A
ICAS5123B
Manage network security
50
5
5
5
ICAS5124
ICAT3025B
Run standard diagnostic tests
20
3
2
3
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 49 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
ICTTC051C
Install PC based customer premises
equipment system programs
60
4
6
4
none
ICTTC053C
Train customers
40
3
4
3
none
ICTTC071C
Install Pay TV set top unit
80
3
8
3
none
ICTTC076C
Complete equipment/software
upgrades
80
4
8
4
none
ICTTC106C
Locate and rectify Pay TV set top
unit faults
60
3
6
3
none
UEENEED002B
Assemble, set up and test personal
computers
80
2
8
2
none
UEENEED012B
Support computer hardware and
software
120
3/4
12
4
none
UEENEED045B
Modify-redesign of computer system
20
5/6
2
6
none
12. Telecommunications
Specialisation
ICAA5045B
Produce network architecture design
30
5
3
5
ICAD4127A
ICAD4217B
Create technical documentation
20
4
2
4
none
ICTCC100A
Follow Occupational Health and
Safety policy and procedures
20
2
2
2
none
ICTTC005C
Install cable support systems
60
2
6
2
none
ICTTC006C
Place and secure cable
60
2
6
2
none
ICTTC008C
Terminate metallic conductor cable
60
2
6
2
none
ICTTC012C
Install functional and protective
telecommunications earthing system
80
2
8
2
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 50 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
ICTTC016C
Joint copper cable
80
2
8
2
none
ICTTC017C
Alter services to existing cable
system
80
2
8
2
none
ICTTC022C
Organise and monitor cabling to
ensure compliance with regulatory
and industry standards
40
2
4
2
none
ICTTC036C
Undertake qualification testing of
new or enhanced equipment and
systems
150
6
15
6
none
ICTTC042C
Undertake system administration
150
6
15
6
none
ICTTC043C
Undertake network traffic
management
150
6
15
6
none
ICTTC046C
Undertake network performance
analysis
150
6
15
6
none
ICTTC064C
Haul underground cable
60
2
6
2
none
ICTTC065C
Splice optic fibre cable
40
2
4
2
none
ICTTC066C
Joint and terminate co-axial cable
40
2
4
2
none
ICTTC068C
Install telecommunications service to
a building
60
2
6
2
none
ICTTC130B
Prepare site for support installation
60
2
6
2
none
ICTTC131B
Install an above ground equipment
enclosure
60
2
6
2
ICTTC133B
ICTTC132B
Erect cable supports
60
2
6
2
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 51 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
ICTTC133B
Construct underground
telecommunications infrastructure
60
2
6
2
none
ICTTC134B
Fix aerial cable
80
2
8
2
none
ICTTC135B
Joint metallic cable
80
2
8
2
none
ICTTC140A
Use hand and power tools
40
2
4
2
none
ICTTC141A
Work effectively in a
telecommunications technology team
20
2
2
2
none
30
2
3
2
none
13. Wireless Technologies
Specialisation
VBP123
20113 Build a small wireless LAN
ICTTC035C
Organise material supply
60
4
6
4
none
ICTTC055C
Install an antenna/wave guide
40
3/4
4
3
none
ICTTC095C
Conduct radio frequency
measurements
60
4
6
4
none
UEENEED023B
Design and implement
Internetworking systems wireless
LANs/WANs
100
6
10
6
none
VBP124
31309 Install and test a wireless intercom
system
30
2
3
2
none
VBP125
31307 Conduct site survey for a wireless
network
30
2
3
2
none
VBP126
31309 Set up and operate a wireless
communications link
30
2
3
2
none
VBP127
31309 Install communications antennae
30
2
3
2
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 52 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
14. Electrotechnology
VPAU814
Apply electrical principles to route
031301 selection of power distribution
networks
50
4
5
4
none
VPAU815
Apply electrical considerations to
031301 developing the design of power
distribution infrastructure
50
4
5
4
none
UEENEEH014B
Troubleshoot frequency dependent
circuits
80
3
4
3
E004B; OR H069B; E003B
UEENEEH039B
Troubleshoot basic amplifiers
40
3
2
3
H002B; AND H014B; OR G002BE002B;
E004B; E007B AND E004B; E003B
UEENEEH044B
Diagnose and rectify faults in
analogue circuits and components in
electronic control systems
60
4+5
3
4
none
UEENEEE023B
Solve basic problems in electronic
and digital equipment
80
2
4
2
none
15. Structural Engineering
VBP283
030701
Apply principles of mechanics to
engineering structures
40
6
4
6
none
VBP284
030901
Apply surveying for civil
engineering projects
40
5/6
4
5
none
VBP299
030999
Apply surveying computations to
civil engineering projects
40
5/6
4
5
none
30
4
3
4
none
16. Powerline Surveying
CPPSIS4008A
Organise equipment and supplies
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 53 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Unit of
Field of Unit of competency title
competency code Education
Hours
Qual Credit Credit
level(s)* Matrix Matrix
Points Level
Pre-Requisites
CPPSIS4010A
Operate surveying equipment
100
4
10
4
none
CPPSIS4011A
Perform surveying computations
60
4
6
4
none
CPPSIS4014A
Maintain spatial data
60
4
6
4
none
CPPSIS5002A
Capture new spatial data
100
5
10
5
none
CPPSIS5009A
Produce spatial project deliverables
100
5
10
5
none
CPPSIS5021A
Apply land and planning law to
surveying
60
5
6
5
none
CPPSIS5023A
Manage advanced surveying
computations
80
5
8
5
none
CPPSIS6012A
Conduct an advanced GPS control
survey
70
6
7
6
none
CPPSIS6020A
Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain
visualisations
160
6
16
6
none
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 54 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 55 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Qualification profile (lowest level then lowest points where there is a choice of electives)*
Certificate IV in Shared
Technology
Credit
Matrix
Total
No. of
Points units/modules
Diploma of Shared Technology
Credit
Matrix
Total
Points
No. of
units/modules
Advanced Diploma of Shared
Technology
Credit
Matrix
Total
Points
No. of
units/modules
Level 8
Level 8
Level 8
Level 7
Level 7
Level 7
Level 6
Level 6
Level 6
40
7
Level 5
Level 5
42
8
Level 5
14
3
Level 4
7
2
Level 4
7
2
Level 4
37
10
Level 3
Level 3
Level 3
Level 2
42
10
Level 2
70
14
Level 2
98
19
Level 1
3
1
Level 1
3
1
Level 1
3
1
Total
82
21
Total
122
25
Total
162
32
*Qualification level(s) at which unit is packaged in the source Training Package or accredited course
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 56 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Entry requirements
There are no specific entry requirements for these courses.
However, it is recommended that participants have
communication, literacy and numeracy skills sufficiently well
developed for them to participate effectively in the training.
Participants should be able to demonstrate that they are able
to:
 understand, reference, interpret and summarise
technical texts in English from text books, manuals,
standards and catalogues;
 document events, write short reports and fill out forms;
 use mathematical concepts to calculate parameters from
technical data or measurements;
 extract data and meaning from graphs and diagrams;
 communicate with others effectively on interpersonal
and basic technical levels.
The Registered Training Organisations will establish the
participant’s suitability for entry into these courses. It is
recommended that RTOs utilise the National Reporting
System (www.nrs.dest.gov.au) for information and recording
of participant’s language, literacy and numeracy skills.
Pathways
Training may be delivered in either a full-time or part-time
mode. Pathways applicable to these courses are:
 on the job/off the job learning;
 national recognition of competencies;
 RPL/RCC; or
 a combination of any of the above.
Learners who have gained some of the national competencies
through training at other Registered Training Organisations
will be given credit transfer for the specific units, under the
national recognition process.
Counselling of learners by course providers with respect to
study pathways, RPL/RCC and any associated bridging
studies or workplace involvement that may be required, is
central to the successful implementation and completion of
these courses and should be provided at entry to these courses.
Customisation
Under the AQTF, customisation means the tailoring of a
course to meet the specific needs of clients, including industry
sectors, enterprises and individual learners, where this does
not require separate accreditation of the tailored course. A
course is customised by the selection, addition, or substitution
of units of competency on which the course is
based, in accordance with the course packaging rules.
The Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared
Technology or Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology may
be customised to the extent outlined under the section
4.1 Course structure. This permits the importation of up three
(3) elective units of competency from endorsed Training
Packages and/or State accredited courses provided the
imported units of competency are relevant to the shared
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 57 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
technology job function or the need of the enterprise.
It is recommended that Registered Training Organisations
substitute a unit of competency from an endorsed Training
Package with its latest version provided the outcome of the
updated unit of competency is equivalent to the superseded
ones.
RTOs must follow the contextualisation arrangements for
imported units of competency, as outlined in the customisation
guidelines in the host Training Package and/or State
accredited course.
RTOs may also contextualise newly developed units of
competency for these courses provided the integrity of each
unit is not jeopardised. The rule governing these changes are:

elements of competency and performance criteria must
not be altered or removed;

content may be modified or added to identify unique
aspects that apply to an industry, enterprise or particular
student client group, where this does not contradict the
course rules on customisation;

the Range Statement may be expanded;

the Evidence Guide may be expanded;

enterprise-specific equipment, facilities or learning
resources may be used;

information on the context within which the outcomes
can be achieved (e.g. relating to enterprise, industry or
learner requirements) may be added.
Assessment
Assessment strategy
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Accreditation Standard 28.1.b
All assessment must be consistent with the requirements of
Standard 1 of the AQTF 2007: Essential Standards for
Registration
For the imported units of competency, the evidence gathering
and assessment must be in accordance with the assessment
guidelines incorporated in the endorsed component of the
relevant Training Package and/or State accredited course
Course providers will be required to adopt an assessment
strategy that:
 incorporates continual feedback of individual progress
toward, and achievement of competencies;
 addresses skills, attitudes and knowledge underpinning
performance;
 gathers sufficient evidence to judge achievement of
progress towards determining competence;
 recognises achievement of elements/competencies
regardless of where the enabling learning took place;
 fosters a collaborative and co-operative relationship
between the learner and assessor;
 is flexible in regard to the range and type of evidence
provided by the learner;
 provides opportunity for the learner to challenge
assessment provisions and participate in re-assessment;
 is equitable and fair to all learners;
Page 58 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B

does not unnecessarily restrict the progress of a learner
through the course;
 comprises a clear statement of both the criteria and
assessment process;
 selects assessment tools to suit the needs of particular
clients or client groups (e.g. clients with special needs) or
to suit the needs of an enterprise;
 incorporates employability skills within industry specific
competencies.
Practical work may be assessed in the work place or under
conditions, which simulate the normal work environment.
The opportunity for learners to negotiate the form of
assessment is also possible in many cases, e.g. alternative
assessments for learners with special needs.
If the course comprises units of competency from endorsed
Training Packages, the assessment methods must be consistent
with the advice in the Training Package Assessment
Guidelines.
Assessor competencies
The requirements for staff involved in assessment are stated in
the Standard 1.4 of the AQTF 2007: Essential Standards for
Registration.
Assessment must be conducted by persons who have:
 the following competencies from the Training and
Assessment Training Package – TAA04, or demonstrated
equivalent competencies:
(i) TAAASS401C Plan and organise assessment
(ii) TAAASS402B Assess competence
(iii) TAAASS404B Participate in assessment
validation
and
 relevant vocational competencies, at least to the level
being assessed.
However, if a person does not meet all the requirements to
conduct assessment, one person with the competencies listed
above and one or more persons who have the relevant
vocational competencies may work together to conduct
assessment.
Workplace assessment
There is no mandatory workplace assessment requirement for
these courses, although assessment should be conducted
within the context of an appropriate workplace environment.
Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
Recognition of Prior Learning means recognition of
competencies currently held, regardless of how, when or
where the learning occurred. This includes any combination
or formal or informal training and education, work experience
or general life experience.
Consistent with the AQTF 2007: Essential Standards for
Registration, providers delivering the Certificate IV in Shared
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 59 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Technology, the Diploma of Shared Technology or the
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology must:

ensure that RPL is offered to all applicants on
enrolment and

have an RPL process that:
- is structured to minimise the time and cost to
applicants; and
- provides adequate information and support to
enable applicants to gather reliable evidence to
support their claim for recognition of competencies
currently held.
For RPL to be granted the course participant must provide
evidence that he/she:

has attained the competencies described in the
unit(s) of competency that are being claimed;

possesses current competency in the unit(s) of
competency that are being claimed;

possesses the required underpinning knowledge
specified in the relevant unit(s) of competency;
The evidence, which has been gathered by the assessor and/or
the candidate, as proof of current competency may take a
variety of forms and could include certification, references
from past employers, testimonials from clients and work
samples.
The assessor must ensure that such evidence complies with the
rules of evidence, namely that it is:

sufficient (covers the full range of elements in the
relevant unit of competency and addresses the four
dimensions of competency, namely task skills, task
management skills, contingency management skills and
job/role environment skills).

valid (directly related to the current version of the
unit of competency)

authentic (the candidate’s own work)

current (reflects the candidate’s current capacity
to perform the aspect of work covered by the
competency standards)
Units of competencies in these courses are drawn from a wide
range of endorsed Training Packages and State accredited
courses. Consequently, there is the potential that many
participants may already have acquired some units of
competency required for these courses as part of previous
training. RTOs should ensure that this opportunity for
recognition is realised during enrolment.
Delivery
Accreditation Standard 28.1.e
Delivery modes
Units of competency for these courses are drawn from many
endorsed Training Packages and State accredited courses
which are generally industry specific. RTOs should adopt
delivery strategies that contextualise these industry specific
units of competency for applications in a shared technology
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 60 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
environment, incorporating employability skills and the needs
of the learner.
Delivery strategies could include:
 traditional classroom delivery
 practical work
 project based learning
 problem based learning
 workplace projects
 self-paced learning
 case studies
 role-pays
 guest speakers
 on-the-job training
Because shared technology applications draw on technical
concepts across industry sectors, RTOs should give
consideration to achieve outcomes for students by
emphasising:
 project based strategies that allow learners to plan,
organise and implement activities to achieve a defined
outcome; and
 problem based strategies that focus on introducing
concepts to learners by challenging them to solve a real
world problem.
Due to the potential for a dispersed distribution of learners,
providers may wish to consider non-traditional strategies in
the delivery of training. The facilitation of distance learning
and the achievement of competencies through workplace
activities or on-the-job training should be fostered and
encouraged where possible.
Resources
The resources that should be available for these courses relate
to normal work practice using procedures, information and
resources typical of a workplace. This should include:
 OH&S policy and work procedures and instructions;
 access to a simulated shared technology environment;
 access to relevant electrical safety acts, service installation
rules, standards, and codes of practice;
 access to relevant codes of practice, regulations, and
safety authorisation;
 operational access to relevant equipment, tools, materials
and consumables;
 access to relevant plans, drawings and instructions to the
level of oepration;
 relevant Training Packages and State accredited course.
The requirements for trainer qualifications for those involved
in training delivery are stated in Standard 1.4 of the AQTF
2007: Essential Standards for Registration.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 61 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
A trainer must:
 must hold the Certificate IV in Training and Assessment TAA40104 from the Training and Assessment Training
Package (TAA04), or be able to demonstrate equivalent
competencies; or
 be under the direct supervision of a person who holds the
TAA40104 - Certificate IV in Training and Assessment
qualification, or its equivalent; and
 be able to demonstrate vocational competencies, at least
to the level of those being delivered.
Articulation and credit transfer
Ongoing monitoring and evaluation
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Accreditation Standard 28.1.f
Direct credit transfer is available for the nationally endorsed
and State accredited units of competency through the national
recognition process. Please refer to Appendices 1 and 2 for a
listing of these units of competency.
Direct credit transfer into the Certificate IV in Shared
Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology and Advanced
Diploma of Shared Technology is available for all units of
competency completed in 21583VIC Certificate II in
Electrotechnology (Shared Technology).
Depending on the units of competency chosen participants
may get credit transfers into relevant Certificate IVs,
Diplomas and Advanced Diplomas from the following
endorsed Training Packages:
BSB07 Business Services
CCP07 Property Services
CUF07 Screen and Media
CUS01 Music
ICA05 Information and Communications Technology
ICT02 Telecommunications
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
PRS03 Asset Security
PSP04 Public Sector
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEP06 Electricity Supply Industry – Generation Sector
Credit transfer may also be available into the following State
accredited courses:
21621VIC Diploma of Engineering Technology
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of Engineering Technology
The course packaging rules are very flexible and there are
many variations in the way technologies in these courses may
by mixed and matched by individual RTOs. For this reason no
particular higher education qualifications could be identified
as aligned for articulation. It is recommended that RTOs
negotiate credit transfer arrangements with selected
universities using their particular implementation of the
Diploma and Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology.
Accreditation Standard 28.1.h
Ongoing evaluation and validation of these courses is the
responsibility of the Curriculum Maintenance Manager,
Page 62 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section B
Engineering Industries and recommendations for any
significant changes will be reported through the CMM to the
Victorian Registration and Qualification Authority.
A courses advisory committee will be established for the
ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the courses. It will
comprise representatives from the following areas:
Curriculum Maintenance Manager, Engineering
Industries
Course providers
Relevant ITB
Industry representatives
The advisory committee will:
review the implementation of the courses;
provide advice on changing courses requirements,
such as the need to add further elective units to meet
defined industry needs;
monitor and evaluate course standards, delivery and
assessment.
review the continuing need for the courses should an
appropriate qualification be incorporated into a
nationally endorsed Training Package.
Courses maintenance and review procedures will monitor
developments to inform changes by:
courses moderation through the RTO peer evaluation
RTO liaison with industry and feedback to the CMM
via RTO networks
ITB consultation
Student surveys
Changes to the courses that will be reported to the VRQA
include:
the course structure, by adding or deleting units from
the core or electives to reflect local industry needs and
to reflect changes to training packages and the
availability of new or revised nationally endorses units
of competency;
required pre-requisites and/or co-requisites ;
the nominal duration of the course and of units of
competency;
copyright ownership.
articulation and/or credit transfer arrangements
legislation such as OHS/ licensing
Changes may also include the addition of further
specialisations.
Significant changes will be reported to the VRQA, together
with summaries of gathered data, minutes of meetings and
letters of industry support.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 63 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
SECTION C: Units of competency
Table of content
VPAU479 Perform precision measurements ...................................................................... 59
VPAU480 Use computer technology .................................................................................. 65
VPAU478 Dismantle and assemble engineering components or subsystems .................... 69
VPAU477 Apply principles of mechanics to engineering problems..................................... 78
VPAU241 Apply electrical and electronics principles to engineering problems................... 84
VPAU242 Design a shared technology system .................................................................. 90
VPAU243 Develop an advanced testing and evaluation procedure.................................... 96
VPAU814 Apply electrical principles to route selection of power distribution networks ..... 107
VPAU815 Apply electrical considerations to developing the design of power distribution
infrastructure.................................................................................................................... 113
VPAU808 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches .......................... 119
VPAU809 Design, install and configure an internetwork .................................................. 126
VPAU810 Build and maintain a fundamental network ...................................................... 132
VPAU811 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design ....................................... 138
VPAU812 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching ................................ 144
VPAU813 Install and maintain a WAN ............................................................................. 149
Table 1 - List of Units of Competency imported from Training Packages ......................... 155
Table 2 - Units of Competency imported from State Accredited Courses ......................... 164
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 64 of 237
VPAU479 Perform precision measurements
VPAU479 Perform precision measurements
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills required
to make accurate measurements using a wide range of basic
engineering and scientific measuring instruments and devices.
Related units
This unit is informed by MEM12023A Perform engineering
measurements.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this unit is
included will assist in identifying employability skill requirements.
Application of the Unit The unit applies to enterprises requiring the use of a range of
measuring devices and instruments. Measurements may be
undertaken across a wide spectrum of engineering applications
such as mechanical, electro-mechanical, electronics, hydraulic and
pneumatic devices or systems.
This unit of competency is intended for courses at Certificate IV or
higher.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency. Elements describe
actions or outcomes that are
demonstrable and assessable.
1
Determine
measurement task
requirements
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Performance criteria indicate the standard of performance required to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Terms requiring explanation
or further definition should be bolded and italicised and detail provided
in the range statement.
Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1.1
OH&S and environmental requirements for a given work
area are obtained and clarified.
1.2
Established OH&S requirements and risk control measures
and procedures in preparation for the work area are
followed.
1.3
Safety hazards, which have not previously been identified,
are documented and risk control measures devised and
implemented in consultation with appropriate personnel.
1.4
Nature and scope of the measuring task is established from
job brief or discussions with appropriate personnel.
1.5
Measuring device is selected and obtained in accordance
with enterprise procedures.
1.6
Operating instructions, manuals and calibration information
are identified and collected as required.
Page 65 of 237
VPAU479 Perform precision measurements
2
3
Perform measurement
task
Complete measuring
procedures
1.7
Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the task is
coordinated effectively with others involved at the work site.
2.1
OH&S requirements for carrying out measurement task are
followed.
2.2
Measurement devices or instruments are used according to
manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise procedures.
2.3
Correct measurement techniques are used and measurements
are checked for accuracy and validity.
2.4
Dimensions or cumulative results are determined or verified
using basic calculations where required.
2.5
Measurements are recorded and expressed with appropriate
precision and units.
2.6
Methods for dealing with unexpected situations are selected
on the basis of safety and specified work outcomes.
4.1
OH&S requirements for completing the work are followed.
4.2
Work site is made safe in accordance with established safety
procedures.
4.3
Routine care and storage of devices is undertaken according
to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise procedures.
4.4
Measurements are logged and recorded in accordance with
enterprise procedures
4.5
Appropriate personnel are notified, in accordance with
enterprise procedures, that the task has been completed.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit
Required skills
selecting the appropriate measuring device for given measurement
tasks
using appropriate measuring techniques
conducting simple calculations, such as addition, subtraction,
multiplication, division, fractions, decimals to the scope required by
this unit
making measurements to the finest graduation of the selected
measuring device
handling and storing measuring devices in accordance with
manufacturers' specifications or standard operating procedures
checking measuring devices for correct operation before use
making, where appropriate, routine adjustments to measuring
devices
reading, interpreting and following information on written job
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 66 of 237
VPAU479 Perform precision measurements
instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts,
lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents
planning and sequencing operations
checking and clarifying task related information
checking for conformance to specifications
preparing drawings/sketches as required
Required knowledge
use of a range of measuring devices and instruments
correct and appropriate measuring techniques for a range of
measuring devices
procedures for handling and storing a range of measuring devices
procedures for adjusting, calibrating and zeroing a range of
measuring devices
methods of communicating measurements by logging, recording or
sketching, as required
safe work practices and procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation,
needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples
listed under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
OH&S requirements
Environmental requirements
Scope
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
liquid waste
solid waste
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including fugitive
emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 67 of 237
VPAU479 Perform precision measurements
excessive noise
Appropriate personnel
supervisor
leading hand
foreman
manager
site engineer
trainer
mentor
teacher
team member
Enterprise procedures
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and
designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
Measuring devices and
instruments
tapes rulers
callipers
micrometer
dial gauge
electrical meters - analog and digital
cathode ray oscilloscope
counter/timer
spectrum analyser
thermometer
hygrometer
hydrometer
barometer
Basic calculations
addition
subtraction
multiplication
division
fractions
decimals
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 68 of 237
VPAU479 Perform precision measurements
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is
valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors
must be satisfied that the candidate can competently
and consistently perform all elements of the unit as
specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that
shows a candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the
use of risk control measures as specified in the
performance criteria and range;
demonstrate required knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function
and industrial environment;
demonstrate the ability to make precision
measurements consistently and in different
contexts. This includes a range of measuring
devices applicable to mechanical, electromechanical, electronics, hydraulic and pneumatic
components or systems.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Evidence should show competency working in a
realistic environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate
will be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace
procedures, product and manufacturing specifications,
codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where
assessment occurs off the job, then an appropriate
simulation must be used where the range of conditions
reflects realistic workplace situations. The
competencies covered by this unit would be
demonstrated by an individual working alone or as
part of a team. The assessment environment should
not disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
Page 69 of 237
VPAU479 Perform precision measurements
including:
- observation of processes and procedures;
- oral and/or written questioning on required
knowledge and skills;
- testimony from supervisors, colleagues, clients
and/or other appropriate persons;
- inspection of the final product or outcome;
- a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time
and/or in a number of locations, any evidence should
be authenticated by colleagues, supervisors, clients or
other appropriate persons.
.
Questioning techniques should not require language,
literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in
this unit of competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
Employability Skills
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation
for this unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of
the unit as specified by the criteria, including required
knowledge, and to be capable of applying the
competency in new and different situations and
contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 70 of 237
VPAU480 Use computer technology
VPAU480 Use computer technology
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills required
to use word-processing, spreadsheets, database software applied to
engineering problems, computer aided design/drafting (CAD) and
engineering simulation software.
Related units
This unit is informed by MEM16008B Interact with computing
technology.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this unit is
included will assist in identifying employability skill requirements.
Application of the Unit The unit applies to enterprises requiring the use of wordprocessing, spreadsheets and/or databases, computer aided
design/drafting (CAD) and the use of engineering simulation
software packages in engineering contexts. Tasks may be
undertaken across a wide spectrum of engineering applications for
example mechanical, electro-mechanical, electronics, hydraulic
and pneumatic sub-systems or systems.
This unit of competency is intended for courses at AQF 4 or
higher.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency. Elements describe
actions or outcomes that are
demonstrable and assessable.
1
Determine engineering
task requirements
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Performance criteria indicate the standard of performance required to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Terms requiring explanation
or further definition should be bolded and italicised and detail provided
in the range statement.
Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide .
1.1
OH&S and environmental requirements for a given work
area are obtained and understood.
1.2
Established OH&S requirements and risk control measures
and procedures in preparation for the work area are
followed.
1.3
Safety hazards, which have not previously been identified,
are documented and risk control measures devised and
implemented in consultation with appropriate personnel.
1.4
Nature and scope of the engineering task is established from
job brief or discussions with appropriate personnel.
Page 71 of 237
VPAU480 Use computer technology
2
3
4
Perform engineering
task by utilising
appropriate software
Produce output
Perform exit and shutdown procedures
1.5
Computer application software is selected in accordance
with enterprise procedures.
1.6
Necessary data or input variables are identified and collected
as required.
1.7
Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the task is
coordinated effectively with others involved at the work site.
2.1
OH&S requirements for carrying out computer problem
solving task are followed.
2.2
Computer application software is used and computer
environment is maintained according to manufacturers’
specifications and enterprise procedures.
2.3
Input data are checked for validity.
2.4
Appropriate software functions and operations are used to
modify and create specified result or output.
2.5
Help functions and procedures are used to deal with
unfamiliar situations or requirements.
2.6
Methods for dealing with unexpected situations are selected
on the basis of safety and specified work outcomes.
3.1
OH&S requirements for performing task are followed.
3.2
Computer output is checked for compliance with
specification prior to generating output.
3.3
Output style and format is consistent with specification and
enterprise procedures.
3.4
Files and data are saved in accordance with enterprise
procedures.
4.1
OH&S requirements for completing the work are followed.
4.2
Work site is made safe in accordance with established safety
procedures.
4.3
Programs and computer are shut down in accordance with
enterprise procedures.
4.4
Appropriate personnel are notified, in accordance with
enterprise procedures, that the task has been completed.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit
Required skills
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
interpreting instructions and specifications for computer application
tasks
preparing workplace for safe computer usage
using a word-processor to create engineering documents, customise
Page 72 of 237
VPAU480 Use computer technology
page layout, format documents, create tables, add images, use mail
merge and print documents
using a database application to modify and develop data tables,
create forms and reports to logically retrieve and present information
using a spreadsheet application to modify and create spreadsheets,
format cells and spreadsheet, and apply engineering formulas in
spreadsheets and create graphs and charts
using CAD drawing tools and library components to modify and
create engineering drawings
using simulation software for modelling, optimisation and
visualisation of an engineering system or process
checking and testing that computer generated output conforms to
problem description and specification
accessing offline and online help and tutorial support
Required knowledge
functions and capabilities of various types of computer applications
used in an engineering workplace
standard symbols for electrical and mechanical drafting
techniques for modelling, optimising and visualising of an
engineering/manufacturing system
safe work practices and procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation,
needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples
listed under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
Scope
OH&S requirements
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Environmental requirements
liquid waste
solid waste
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including fugitive
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 73 of 237
VPAU480 Use computer technology
emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
excessive noise
Appropriate personnel
supervisor
leading hand
foreman
manager
site engineer
trainer
mentor
teacher
team member
Enterprise procedures
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and
designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
Computer application software
word-processor
spreadsheet
database
computer aided design/drafting
electrical/electronics schematic capture and simulation
fluid power control schematic capture and simulation
process control modelling and simulation
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 74 of 237
VPAU480 Use computer technology
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is
valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors
must be satisfied that the candidate can competently
and consistently perform all elements of the unit as
specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that
shows a candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the
use of risk control measures as specified in the
performance criteria and range;
demonstrate essential knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function
and industrial environment;
demonstrate the ability to apply computer
software to engineering applications consistently
and in different contexts. This must include a
range of software applications including wordprocessing, spreadsheet, database, CAD,
electrical/electronic simulation, fluid power
simulation and process control modelling.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Evidence should show competency working in a
realistic environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate
will be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace
procedures, product and manufacturing specifications,
codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where
assessment occurs off the job, then an appropriate
simulation must be used where the range of conditions
reflects realistic workplace situations. The
competencies covered by this unit would be
demonstrated by an individual working alone or as
part of a team. The assessment environment should
not disadvantage the candidate.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 75 of 237
VPAU480 Use computer technology
Method of assessment
.
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
including:
- observation of processes and procedures;
- oral and/or written questioning on required
knowledge and skills;
- testimony from supervisors, colleagues, clients
and/or other appropriate persons;
- inspection of the final product or outcome;
- a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time
and/or in a number of locations, any evidence should
be authenticated by colleagues, supervisors, clients or
other appropriate persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language,
literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in
this unit of competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
Employability skills.
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation
for this unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of
the unit as specified by the criteria, including required
knowledge, and to be capable of applying the
competency in new and different situations and
contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 76 of 237
VPAU478 Dismantle and assemble engineering components or subsystems
VPAU478 Dismantle and assemble engineering components or subsystems
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills required
to dismantle and reassemble engineering components or subsystems. This includes the use and selection of appropriate tools
for the task, identification and replacement of damaged/faulty
parts.
Requisite or co-requisite skills in the use of portable hand and
power tools, reading engineering drawings and performing basic
measurements are required
Related units
This unit is based on MEM18055B Dismantle, replace and
assemble engineering components.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
Employability Skills Summary for the qualification in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skill
requirements.
Pre-requisite Units(s)
none
Application of the Unit Scope, purpose and contexts of operation
The unit applies to enterprises requiring the disassembly and
reassembly of components and sub-assemblies as part of
maintenance or manufacturing procedures. Tasks are undertaken
across a wide spectrum of engineering applications for example
mechanical, electro-mechanical, hydraulic and pneumatic
components or sub-assemblies.
This unit of competency is intended for courses at Certificate IV or
higher.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency. Elements describe
actions or outcomes that are
demonstrable and assessable.
1
Prepare to disassemble
component or
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Performance criteria indicate the standard of performance required to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Terms requiring explanation
or further definition should be bolded and italicised and detail provided
in the range statement.
Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1.1
OH&S and environmental requirements for a given work
area are obtained and clarified.
Page 77 of 237
VPAU478 Dismantle and assemble engineering components or subsystems
subassembly
2
3
4
Disassemble
component or
subassembly
Prepare to reassemble
component or
subassembly
Reassemble component
or subassembly
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
1.2
Established OH&S requirements and risk control measures
and procedures in preparation for the work area are
followed.
1.3
Safety hazards, which have not previously been identified,
are documented and risk control measures devised and
implemented in consultation with appropriate personnel.
1.4
Individual components and subassemblies are identified and
disassembly techniques are determined from documentation,
job brief or discussions with appropriate personnel.
1.5
Component identification and labelling/tagging methods are
determined in accordance with enterprise procedures.
1.6
Equipment, tools, and measuring devices needed to carry out
disassembly are obtained and checked for correct operation
and safety.
1.7
Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is
coordinated effectively with others involved at the work site.
2.1
OH&S requirements for carrying out disassembly work are
followed.
2.2
Components or subassemblies are disassembled or
dismantled using appropriate methods and tools and
according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise
procedures.
2.3
Component parts are inspected and tagged/identified
appropriately.
2.5
Component faults and anomalies are identified and
replacement components sourced where necessary.
2.6
Methods for dealing with unexpected situations are selected
on the basis of safety and specified work outcomes.
3.1
OH&S requirements for completing reassembly work are
determined.
3.2
Components or subassemblies are prepared for reassembly
according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise
procedures
3.3
Equipment, tools, and measuring devices needed to carry out
reassembly are obtained and checked for correct operation
and safety.
4.1
OH&S requirements for completing reassembly work are
followed.
4.2
Component parts for reassembly are selected according to
identification methods and drawings/specifications.
4.3
Components or subassemblies are reassembled using
appropriate methods and tools and according to
manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise procedures.
Page 78 of 237
VPAU478 Dismantle and assemble engineering components or subsystems
5
Complete
disassembly/assembly
operations
4.5
Reassembled component or subassembly is checked for
correct operation according to specifications.
5.1
OH&S requirements for completing the work are followed.
5.2
Work site is made safe in accordance with established safety
procedures.
5.3
Disassembly - assembly task is documented in accordance
with enterprise procedures.
5.4
Appropriate personnel are notified, in accordance with
enterprise procedures, that the task has been completed.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit
Required skills
Literacy skills sufficient to read and interpret technical drawings, read
and follow written instructions and procedures, complete check lists and
write short sentences to describe abnormal test or checking result.
interpreting disassembly/reassembly drawings, instructions and
specifications
preparing workplace and components for disassembly/reassembly
using correct disassembly techniques
selecting and using appropriate tools, techniques and equipment
marking or tagging components
inspecting components visually and dimensionally for conformance
to specification in preparation for reassembly
reassembling components/subassemblies
disassembly/reassembly of unfamiliar components or subsystems
checking and testing reassembled components and subassemblies for
correct operation and readiness for use
Required knowledge
source disassembly/reassembly instructions, drawings and
specifications
common disassembly/reassembly techniques and procedures
component tagging and identification techniques
use, handling and care of appropriate tools
measurement instruments, quantities and units
inspection check methods
component and subassembly operational tests
enterprise OH&S procedures and policies.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 79 of 237
VPAU478 Dismantle and assemble engineering components or subsystems
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation,
needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples
listed under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
Scope
OH&S requirements
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Environmental requirements
liquid waste
solid waste
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including fugitive
emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
excessive noise
Appropriate personnel
supervisor
leading hand
foreman
manager
site engineer
trainer
mentor
teacher
team member
Enterprise procedures
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and
designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 80 of 237
VPAU478 Dismantle and assemble engineering components or subsystems
Components and subassemblies
gearbox
pneumatic door opener
coupling
pump
bearings
electrical appliances
personal computer
printer
photocopier
electric motor/generator
wind turbine
solar panel array
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is
valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors
must be satisfied that the candidate can competently
and consistently perform all elements of the unit as
specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that
shows a candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the
use of risk control measures as specified in the
performance criteria and range;
demonstrate essential knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function
and industrial environment;
demonstrate the ability to disassemble and
reassemble engineering components and
subsystems consistently and in different contexts.
This must include a variety of engineering
components and subassemblies using different
fasteners, attaching/connecting/mounting
methods, adhesives, lubricants etc.
Context of and specific resources
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Evidence should show competency working in a
Page 81 of 237
VPAU478 Dismantle and assemble engineering components or subsystems
for assessment
realistic environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate
will be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace
procedures, product and manufacturing specifications,
codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where
assessment occurs off the job, then an appropriate
simulation must be used where the range of conditions
reflects realistic workplace situations. The
competencies covered by this unit would be
demonstrated by an individual working alone or as
part of a team. The assessment environment should
not disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment
.
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
including:
observation of processes and procedures;
oral and/or written questioning on required
knowledge and skills;
testimony from supervisors, colleagues,
clients and/or other appropriate persons;
inspection of the final product or outcome;
a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time
and/or in a number of locations, any evidence should
be authenticated by colleagues, supervisors, clients or
other appropriate persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language,
literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in
this unit of competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
Employability Skills.
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation
for this unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of
the unit as specified by the criteria, including required
knowledge, and to be capable of applying the
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 82 of 237
VPAU478 Dismantle and assemble engineering components or subsystems
competency in new and different situations and
contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 83 of 237
VPAU477 Apply principles of mechanics to engineering problems
VPAU477 Apply principles of mechanics to engineering problems
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills required
to apply principles of mechanics to solve problems common to a
range of engineering fields. This includes problems requiring the
application of kinematics, dynamics, linear motion, angular
motion or the effects of heat.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
Employability Skills Summary for the qualification in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skill
requirements.
Pre-requisite Units(s)
None
Application of the Unit This unit applies to enterprises where there is application of
mechanics principles to provide a solution to standard engineering
problems. The application of principles of mechanics may be
undertaken across a wide spectrum of devices or systems such as
mechanical, electro-mechanical, hydraulic and pneumatic.
Engineering problems may be a fault, malfunction,
underperformance or the need to modify or improve
system/equipment performance.
This unit of competency is intended for courses at Diploma level
or higher.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of competency.
Elements describe actions or
outcomes that are demonstrable
and assessable.
1
Identify principles of
mechanics embedded in
an engineering problem
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Performance criteria indicate the standard of performance required to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Terms requiring explanation
or further definition should be bolded and italicised and detail provided
in the range statement.
Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1.1
OH&S and environmental requirements for a given work
area are obtained and clarified.
1.2
Safety hazards which have not previously been identified are
documented and risk control measures devised and
implemented in consultation with appropriate personnel.
1.3
Principles of mechanics underlying the engineering
problem are determined through requests, design briefs or
equivalent and clarified with appropriate personnel.
Page 84 of 237
VPAU477 Apply principles of mechanics to engineering problems
1.4
Where appropriate expert advice is sought with respect to
the clarifying engineering problems and identifying relevant
principles of mechanics according to enterprise procedures.
1.5
Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is
co-ordinated effectively with others involved at the work
site.
Resources and equipment needed for the task are obtained in
accordance with enterprise procedures and checked for
correct operation and safety.
OH&S requirements for carrying out the work are followed.
1.6
2
3
Apply principles of
mechanics in the
analysis or design of an
engineering solution
Verify, document and
interpret outcomes
2.1
2.2
Industry codes, regulations and technical documentation
relevant to the principles of mechanics are interpreted and
understood.
2.3
Where appropriate, tables and graphs are used to obtain
computational data.
2.4
Appropriate principles of mechanics are applied to the
engineering problem.
2.5
The most appropriate analytical, computational or design
methodology is selected and can be justified.
2.6
Resources and equipment required are identified, obtained
and checked as fit for the purpose.
3.1
OH&S requirements for completing the work are followed.
3.2
The results of the analysis or design are recorded and
documented in accordance with requirements and enterprise
procedures.
3.3
Where appropriate, results are graphed and/or charted and
interpreted using current technology.
3.4
If required, a formal report to present outcomes is prepared
according to enterprise procedures
3.5
Outcomes of analysis or design are verified and discussed
with appropriate personnel.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit
Required skills
understanding and following written instructions, manuals,
specifications and numeracy skills to make involved calculations
using measurements.
interpreting engineering problems to determine the underlying
mechanical principles.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 85 of 237
VPAU477 Apply principles of mechanics to engineering problems
performing accurate tests and measurements.
performing calculations using measured results and expressing
answers in correct units and sub-units.
using observations, measurements and calculations to determine the
scope of the engineering problem.
applying mechanical principles to determine the solution to an
engineering problem.
verifying problem solution has been achieved by retesting,
remeasuring or monitoring.
presenting problem solution in written, graphical or tabular format
using electronic media where appropriate.
performing all tasks according to enterprise OH&S standards.
Required knowledge
linear Motion circular
Motion. work,
energy, power.
simple Machines
dynamics of Linear Motion
momentum
heat, Pressure and Temperature
safe work practices and procedures.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation,
needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples
listed under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
OH&S requirements:
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Scope
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Page 86 of 237
VPAU477 Apply principles of mechanics to engineering problems
Environmental requirements
liquid waste
solid waste
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including fugitive
emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
excessive noise
Appropriate personnel
internal and external customers
supervisor
leading hand
foreman
manager
site engineer
trainer
mentor
teacher
team member
Enterprise procedures
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and
designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
Resources and equipment
Engineering problems
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
computer access scientific
calculator engineering tables
and graphs
regulations and codes of practices
reference texts
engineering tasks that require the application of
mechanics principles in analysis or design. This includes:
- beams and structures under loads and forces
- motors and engines developing power and motion
- simple machines such as gear-boxes, conveyer
belts, hydraulic and pneumatic operated devices
- control systems
- control of solid, liquid or gas heating/ventilation
situations.
Page 87 of 237
VPAU477 Apply principles of mechanics to engineering problems
Principles of mechanics
principles of mechanics involving energy, motion,
machines, heat, pressure and temperature
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is
valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors
must be satisfied that the candidate can competently
and consistently perform all elements of the unit as
specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that
shows a candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the
use of risk control measures as specified in the
performance criteria and range;
demonstrate essential knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function
and industrial environment;
demonstrate the ability to apply principles of
mechanics to analyse engineering problems and
develop a solution design consistently and in
different contexts. This must include a range of
applicable systems or devices such as mechanical,
electro-mechanical, hydraulic and pneumatic
components or systems.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Evidence should show competency working in a
realistic environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate
will be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace
procedures, product and manufacturing specifications,
codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where
assessment occurs off the job, then an appropriate
simulation must be used where the range of conditions
reflects realistic workplace situations. The
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 88 of 237
VPAU477 Apply principles of mechanics to engineering problems
competencies covered by this unit would be
demonstrated by an individual working alone or as
part of a team. The assessment environment should
not disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment
.
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
including:
observation of processes and procedures;
oral and/or written questioning on required
knowledge and skills;
testimony from supervisors, colleagues,
clients and/or other appropriate persons;
inspection of the final product or outcome;
a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time
and/or in a number of locations, any evidence should
be authenticated by colleagues, supervisors, clients or
other appropriate persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language,
literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in
this unit of competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
Employability Skills.
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation
for this unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of
the unit as specified by the criteria, including required
knowledge, and to be capable of applying the
competency in new and different situations and
contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 89 of 237
VPAU241 Apply electrical and electronics principles to engineering problems
VPAU241 Apply electrical and electronics principles to engineering problems
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills required
to apply electrical and electronics principles to the solution of
problems common to a range engineering fields. This includes
making measurements and analysing test results and designing
solutions to problems in electrical and electronics systems.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
Employability Skills Summary for the qualification in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skill
requirements.
Pre-requisite Units(s)
none
Application of the Unit This unit applies to enterprises where there is application of
electrical/electronics principles to provide a solution to standard
engineering problems. The application of electrical/electronics
principles may be undertaken across a wide spectrum of devices or
systems such as power generation, sustainable energy systems,
analog signal processing systems or control systems. Engineering
problems may be a fault, malfunction, underperformance or the
need to modify or improve system/equipment performance.
This unit of competency is intended for courses at Diploma level
or higher.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency. Elements describe
actions or outcomes that are
demonstrable and assessable.
1
Identify
electrical/electronics
principles embedded in
an engineering
problem.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Performance criteria indicate the standard of performance required to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Terms requiring explanation
or further definition should be bolded and italicised and detail provided
in the range statement.
Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1.1
OH&S and environmental requirements for a given work
area are obtained and clarified.
1.2
Safety hazards which have not previously been identified are
documented and risk control measures devised and
implemented in consultation with appropriate personnel.
1.3
The engineering problem is determined through requests,
design briefs or equivalent and clarified with appropriate
personnel.
Page 90 of 237
VPAU241 Apply electrical and electronics principles to engineering problems
1.4
Where appropriate expert advice is sought with respect to
the engineering problem and according to enterprise
procedures.
1.5
Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is
co-ordinated effectively with others involved at the work
site.
Resources and equipment needed for the task are obtained in
accordance with enterprise procedures and checked for
correct operation and safety.
OH&S requirements for carrying out the work are followed.
1.6
2
3
Apply
electrical/electronics
principles in the
analysis or design of an
engineering solution
Verify, document and
interpret outcomes
2.1
2.2
Industry codes, regulations and technical documentation
relevant to the engineering problem are interpreted and
understood.
2.3
Where appropriate, tables and graphs are used to obtain
computational data.
2.4
The appropriate assumptions underlying the engineering
problem are made and recorded.
2.5
The most appropriate analytical, computational or design
methodology is selected and can be justified.
2.6
Resources and equipment required are identified, obtained
and checked as fit for the purpose.
3.1
OH&S requirements for completing the work are followed.
3.2
The results of the analysis or design are recorded and
documented in accordance with requirements and enterprise
procedures.
3.3
Where appropriate, results are graphed and/or charted and
interpreted.
3.4
If required, a formal report to present outcomes is prepared
according to enterprise procedures
3.5
Outcomes of analysis or design are verified and discussed
with appropriate personnel.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit
Required skills
Literacy skills sufficient to read and follow written instructions,
manuals, specifications and numeracy skills to make involved
calculations using measurements.
interpreting engineering problems to determine the underlying
electrical/electronics principles.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 91 of 237
VPAU241 Apply electrical and electronics principles to engineering problems
performing accurate tests and measurements.
performing calculations using measured results and expressing
answers in correct units and sub-units.
using observations, measurements and calculations to determine the
scope of the engineering problem.
applying electrical/electronics principles to determine the solution to
an engineering problem.
verifying problem solution has been achieved by retesting,
remeasuring or monitoring.
presenting problem solution in written, graphical or tabular format
using electronic media where appropriate.
performing all tasks according to enterprise OH&S standards.
Required knowledge
electrical energy systems
analog electronics including fundamental principles, transducers,
power supplies, amplifiers and filters
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation,
needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples
listed under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
Scope
OH&S requirements
liquid waste
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Environmental requirements
liquid waste
solid waste
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including fugitive
emissions, dust
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 92 of 237
VPAU241 Apply electrical and electronics principles to engineering problems
excessive energy and water use
excessive noise
Appropriate personnel
supervisor
leading hand
foreman
manager
site engineer
trainer
mentor
teacher
team member
Enterprise procedures
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and
designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
Resources and equipment
Engineering problems
computer access
test and measurement equipment
engineering tables and graphs
manufacturers’ manuals and specifications
regulations and codes of practices
reference texts
engineering tasks that require the application of electrical
or electronics principles in analysis or design. This
includes:
determining electrical system power requirements,
power system storage capacity, cabling requirements
identification of faulty or malfunctioning electrical or
electronics subsystems by making and analysing test
measurements
designing adjustment or recalibration procedures of
system variables to restore system performance.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 93 of 237
VPAU241 Apply electrical and electronics principles to engineering problems
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is
valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors
must be satisfied that the candidate can competently
and consistently perform all elements of the unit as
specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that
shows a candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the
use of risk control measures as specified in the
performance criteria and range;
demonstrate essential knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function
and industrial environment;
demonstrate the ability to apply electrical and
electronic principles to analyse engineering
problems and develop a solution design
consistently and in different contexts. This must
include a range of applicable systems or devices
such as power generation, sustainable energy
systems, analog or digital audio signal processing
systems, or computer control systems.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Evidence should show competency working in a
realistic environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate
will be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace
procedures, product and manufacturing specifications,
codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where
assessment occurs off the job, then an appropriate
simulation must be used where the range of conditions
reflects realistic workplace situations. The
competencies covered by this unit would be
demonstrated by an individual working alone or as
part of a team. The assessment environment should
not disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
Page 94 of 237
VPAU241 Apply electrical and electronics principles to engineering problems
.
including:
observation of processes and procedures;
oral and/or written questioning on required
knowledge and skills;
testimony from supervisors, colleagues,
clients and/or other appropriate persons;
inspection of the final product or outcome;
a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time
and/or in a number of locations, any evidence should
be authenticated by colleagues, supervisors, clients or
other appropriate persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language,
literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in
this unit of competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
Employability Skills.
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation
for this unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of
the unit as specified by the criteria, including required
knowledge, and to be capable of applying the
competency in new and different situations and
contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 95 of 237
VPAU242 Design a shared technology system
VPAU242 Design a shared technology system
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills required
to create and implement the design of a system spanning two or
more distinct technologies. It encompasses establishing a design
brief, selecting and procuring design resources, creating a detailed
design, making and testing a prototype, producing comprehensive
design documents.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
Employability Skills Summary for the qualification in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skill
requirements.
Pre-requisite Units(s)
none
Application of the Unit This unit applies to enterprises involved in designing processes,
systems or products encompassing multi-technologies. This unit
may find application across bio-medical, building automation and
security, computer system networking, control technologies,
manufacturing, sustainable energy systems and other contexts.
This unit of competency is intended for courses at Advanced
Diploma level or higher.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency. Elements describe
actions or outcomes that are
demonstrable and assessable.
1
Establish a design brief
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Performance criteria indicate the standard of performance required to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Terms requiring explanation
or further definition should be bolded and italicised and detail provided
in the range statement.
Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1.1
OH&S and environmental requirements for a given work
area are obtained and clarified.
1.2
Safety hazards which have not previously been identified are
documented and risk control measures devised and
implemented in consultation with appropriate personnel.
1.3
The design brief is determined through requests, discussion,
negotiation and approval with appropriate personnel.
1.4
Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is
co-ordinated effectively with others involved at the work
site.
Page 96 of 237
VPAU242 Design a shared technology system
2
Determine design
strategy
2.1
Design strategy is determined by investigation of available
technologies, consultation with appropriate personnel, and
enterprise procedures.
2.2
Design boundaries and limitations are determined.
Materials, components and design aids required to
implement design strategy are assessed for availability.
Resources and equipment needed for the task are obtained
in accordance with enterprise procedures and checked for
suitability.
OH&S requirements for carrying out the design work are
followed.
2.3
2.4
3
4
5
Develop detailed
system design
Produce and test a
design prototype
Finalise and document
system design
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
3.1
3.2
Industry codes, regulations and technical documentation
relevant to the system design are interpreted and understood.
3.3
Assumptions underlying the system design are made and
recorded.
3.4
Where appropriate simulation processes are used to verify
design concepts.
3.5
Possible alternatives for the system design are investigated.
3.6
The most appropriate analytical, computational or design
methodology is used in accordance with enterprise
procedures.
3.7
Safety, functional and budget considerations are
incorporated in the design.
4.1
OH&S requirements for undertaking work are followed.
4.2
Prototype is constructed using appropriate techniques.
4.8
Solutions to unplanned situations are provided and
consistent with enterprise procedures.
4.3
Prototype is tested and checked for compliance with the
design brief.
4.5
Achievement of design aims is confirmed by discussion with
appropriate personnel.
5.1
OH&S requirements for completing the work are followed.
5.2
The results of the design are recorded and documented in
accordance with requirements and enterprise procedures.
5.4
Formal reporting of design is prepared and lodged according
to enterprise procedures.
5.5
System design is approved by appropriate personnel.
Page 97 of 237
VPAU242 Design a shared technology system
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit
Required skills
High level literacy skills sufficient to interpret, negotiate and follow
written instructions, manuals and specifications. Numeracy skills to
select appropriate problem solving techniques and to perform involved
calculations and estimations.
negotiating and establishing an achievable design brief.
investigating and selecting appropriate design methodology.
working within system and enterprise constraints.
determining design feasibility, materials, manufacturability or
repeatability, safety and costs.
following systematic design procedures.
producing an integrated design spanning multiple technologies.
producing a prototype that demonstrably conforms to the intended
design outcome.
presenting engineering design solution in suitable format.
performing all tasks according to enterprise OH&S standards.
Required knowledge
manufacturing methods, materials and assembly techniques.
sources and suppliers of materials.
research methods.
design techniques
testing and evaluation procedures.
simulation/modelling/design software.
communication methods and documentation techniques.
safe working practices and procedures.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation,
needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples
listed under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Scope
Page 98 of 237
VPAU242 Design a shared technology system
OH&S requirements
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Environmental requirements
liquid waste
solid waste
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including fugitive
emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
excessive noise
Appropriate personnel
supervisor
leading hand
foreman
manager
site engineer
trainer
mentor
teacher
team member
Enterprise procedures
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and
designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
Resources and equipment
computer access
test and measurement equipment
engineering tables and graphs
manufacturers’ manuals and specifications
regulations and codes of practices
reference texts
Design brief
design objectives and extent of the design work
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 99 of 237
VPAU242 Design a shared technology system
design specifications
timelines for design production
budget restraints
Simulation processes
process simulation or modelling software
offline or non-production replica system
Prototype
a model constructed to test the design
System design
a structure or function that can be created and
produced by the application of design and construction
methods.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is
valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors
must be satisfied that the candidate can competently
and consistently perform all elements of the unit as
specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that
shows a candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the
use of risk control measures as specified in the
performance criteria and range;
demonstrate essential knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function
and industrial environment;
demonstrate the ability to use established
design principles to develop multi technology
design solutions consistently and in different
contexts. This must include a range of applicable
systems or devices such as power generation,
sustainable energy systems, analog or digital
audio signal processing systems, or computer
control systems or other technologies.
Context of and specific resources
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Evidence should show competency working in a
Page 100 of 237
VPAU242 Design a shared technology system
for assessment
realistic environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate
will be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace
procedures, product and manufacturing specifications,
codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where
assessment occurs off the job, then an appropriate
simulation must be used where the range of conditions
reflects realistic workplace situations. The
competencies covered by this unit would be
demonstrated by an individual working alone or as
part of a team. The assessment environment should
not disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment
.
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
including:
observation of processes and procedures;
oral and/or written questioning on required
knowledge and skills;
testimony from supervisors, colleagues,
clients and/or other appropriate persons;
inspection of the final product or outcome;
a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time
and/or in a number of locations, any evidence should
be authenticated by colleagues, supervisors, clients or
other appropriate persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language,
literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in
this unit of competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
Employability Skills.
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation
for this unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of
the unit as specified by the criteria, including required
knowledge, and to be capable of applying the
competency in new and different situations and
contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 101 of 237
VPAU243 Develop an advanced testing and evaluation procedure
VPAU243 Develop an advanced testing and evaluation procedure
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills required
to develop advanced testing and evaluation processes or
procedures. It encompasses determining system parameters,
performance metrics or benchmarks and developing appropriate
testing procedures to evaluate the performance of a complex
system that spans multiple technologies.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
Employability Skills Summary for the qualification in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skill
requirements.
Pre-requisite Units(s)
none
Application of the Unit This unit applies to enterprises involved in testing and evaluating
systems or products encompassing multi-technologies. This unit
may find application across bio-medical, building automation and
security, computer system networking, control technologies,
manufacturing, sustainable energy systems and other contexts.
This unit of competency is intended for courses at Advanced
Diploma level or higher.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency. Elements describe
actions or outcomes that are
demonstrable and assessable.
1
Prepare to develop
testing and evaluation
procedure
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Performance criteria indicate the standard of performance required to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Terms requiring explanation
or further definition should be bolded and italicised and detail provided
in the range statement.
Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1.1
OH&S and environmental requirements for a given work
area are obtained and clarified.
1.2
Safety hazards which have not previously been identified are
documented and risk control measures devised and
implemented in consultation with appropriate personnel.
1.3
Process or system operation and parameters are determined
from manuals or manufacturers’ specifications,
1.4
Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the testing
work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved at the
work site.
Page 102 of 237
VPAU243 Develop an advanced testing and evaluation procedure
2
3
4
Develop testing
procedure
Develop evaluation
procedure
2.1
Critical performance metrics or indicators of the system to
be tested are identified from research and discussion with
appropriate personnel.
2.2
Industry codes, regulations and technical documentation
relevant to the testing procedure are interpreted and
understood.
2.3
Testing procedures are developed by investigation and
consultation with appropriate personnel, and enterprise
procedures.
2.4
Test procedures are checked for validity and reliability.
2.5
Resources and equipment needed for the task are identified
in accordance with enterprise procedures and checked for
suitability and availability.
Appropriate analytical or computational methods are
selected.
3.1
Finalise and document
testing and evaluation
procedures
3.2
Procedure for analysing measured performance and
comparing against specified performance is developed and
checked in consultation with appropriate personnel.
3.3
Assumptions underlying the development of the evaluation
procedure are recorded in accordance with enterprise
procedures.
3.4
Safety, functional and budget considerations are
incorporated in the development of the evaluation procedure.
3.5
Solutions to unplanned situations are provided and
consistent with enterprise procedures.
3.6
OH&S requirements for undertaking work are followed.
4.1
Testing and evaluation procedures are recorded and
documented in accordance with requirements and enterprise
procedures.
4.2
Developed testing and evaluation procedures are submitted
for approval by appropriate personnel.
4.3
OH&S requirements for completing the work are followed.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit
Required skills
High level literacy skills sufficient to author and document a technical
procedure. Numeracy skills to select appropriate problem solving
techniques and to perform involved calculations and estimations.
selecting and specifying appropriate test and measurement devices,
tools and equipment.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 103 of 237
VPAU243 Develop an advanced testing and evaluation procedure
investigating and selecting appropriate test procedures.
modifying and developing test procedures.
selecting and specifying analysis methods.
formulating evaluation procedures.
presenting and documenting test and evaluation procedures in
suitable format.
working within system and enterprise constraints.
performing all tasks according to enterprise OH&S standards.
Required knowledge
testing and measuring devices, tools and equipment.
testing and evaluation procedures.
industry codes, regulations and technical documentation.
research methods.
communication methods and documentation techniques.
safe working practices and procedures.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation,
needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples
listed under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
Scope
OH&S requirements
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Environmental requirements
liquid waste
solid waste
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including
fugitive emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
excessive noise
Appropriate personnel
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
supervisor
Page 104 of 237
VPAU243 Develop an advanced testing and evaluation procedure
leading hand
foreman
manager
site engineer
trainer
mentor
teacher
team member
Enterprise procedures
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and
designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
Resources and equipment
computer access
test and measurement equipment
engineering tables and graphs
manufacturers’ manuals and specifications
regulations and codes of practices
reference texts
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is
valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors
must be satisfied that the candidate can competently
and consistently perform all elements of the unit as
specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that
shows a candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the
use of risk control measures as specified in the
performance criteria and range;
demonstrate essential knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate comptence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function
and industrial environment;
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 105 of 237
VPAU243 Develop an advanced testing and evaluation procedure
demonstrate the ability to create, modify and
adapt testing and evaluation procedures
consistently and in different contexts. This must
include a range of applicable systems or devices
such as power generation, sustainable energy
systems, analog or digital audio signal processing
systems, computer control systems or other
technologies.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Evidence should show competency working in a
realistic environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate
will be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace
procedures, product and manufacturing specifications,
codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where
assessment occurs off the job, then an appropriate
simulation must be used where the range of conditions
reflects realistic workplace situations. The
competencies covered by this unit would be
demonstrated by an individual working alone or as
part of a team. The assessment environment should
not disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment
.
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
including:
observation of processes and procedures;
oral and/or written questioning on required
knowledge and skills;
testimony from supervisors, colleagues,
clients and/or other appropriate persons;
inspection of the final product or outcome;
a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time
and/or in a number of locations, any evidence should
be authenticated by colleagues, supervisors, clients or
other appropriate persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language,
literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in
this unit of competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
Employability Skills.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 106 of 237
VPAU243 Develop an advanced testing and evaluation procedure
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation
for this unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of
the unit as specified by the criteria, including required
knowledge, and to be capable of applying the
competency in new and different situations and
contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 107 of 237
VPAU814 Apply electrical principles to route selection of power distribution networks
VPAU814 Apply electrical principles to route selection of power distribution
networks
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills
required to incorporate electrical design considerations in
determining route selection for modification, extension or new
electrical distribution infrastructure.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability Skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skill
requirements.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
There are no pre-requisite units for this unit.
Application of the Unit
The unit applies to low voltage (LV), high voltage (HV) and
sub-transmission infrastructure which may be above ground or
below ground.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan to carry out route selection
1.1 OH&S and environmental requirements for a given
work area are obtained and clarified in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
for power distribution network.
1.2 Established OH&S requirements and risk control
measures and procedures in preparation for the work
area are followed.
1.3 Safety hazards, which have not previously been
identified, are documented and risk control measures
devised and implemented in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
1.4 Nature and scope of the power distribution network
infrastructure works is established from job briefs or
discussions with appropriate personnel.
1.5 Infrastructure requirements are planned for in
conjunction with appropriate personnel in accordance
with enterprise procedures.
1.6 Engineering design rules and statutory requirements are
identified and obtained in line with enterprise
procedures.
1.7 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the task is
coordinated effectively with others involved at the work
site.
2. Carry out route design for
power distribution network.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
2.1 Route selection is chosen to meet the requirements of
key stakeholders and environmental requirements.
Page 108 of 237
VPAU814 Apply electrical principles to route selection of power distribution networks
2.2 Route choice is made to ensure safety of personnel in the
vicinity of the power line in accordance with enterprise
procedures.
2.3 Pole positioning is determined to provide power-line
conductor clearance to ground, nearby structures, other
power lines and aerial and/or underground services in
accordance with statutory requirements and enterprise
procedures.
2.4 Optimum pole spacing and positioning is determined by
reference to graphs, charts, engineering aids and basic
calculations.
2.5 Detailed design sketches or field notes are prepared.
2.6 Methods for dealing with unexpected situations are
selected on the basis of safety and specified work
outcomes
3. Complete and document route
design.
3.1 Work site is made safe in accordance with established
safety procedures.
3.2 Detailed design drawings, sketches or field notes are
passed on to appropriate personnel and stored and
recorded in accordance with enterprise procedures.
3.3 Appropriate personnel are notified, in accordance with
enterprise procedures, that the task has been completed.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills
-
Correctly using tools and equipment.
Following enterprise OH&S procedures.
Using office and engineering software applications.
Applying mathematical principles to solve engineering problems.
Selecting optimum route topology.
Devising power system layouts.
Incorporating safe electrical design principles in route selection.
Determining pole placement for “working live” maintenance.
Incorporating environmental factors in route design.
Producing technical drawings, sketches and documents.
Working with clients and peers to achieve outcomes.
Required knowledge
-
Correct usage of tools and equipment.
Enterprise OH&S procedures.
Basic computer applications and systems.
Engineering applications of mathematical principles.
Above and below ground transmission, distribution systems.
Power system layouts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 109 of 237
VPAU814 Apply electrical principles to route selection of power distribution networks
-
Electrical properties of materials.
Electrical circuit, voltage, current and resistance.
Insulation resistance and conductivity.
Effects of HV proximity on nearby objects, environment and personnel.
High voltage SWER systems.
Powerline distribution installation and extension.
AC transmission system components.
Underground cable installation.
Underground mains layout principles.
Safe design principles.
Environmental fundamentals.
Standards for technical drawings and documents.
Basic design characteristics of poles/structures and associated equipment.
Design characteristics of underground and overhead conductors and cables,
poles and structures.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation,
needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples
listed under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
Scope
OH&S requirements
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Environmental requirements
adjacent vehicular traffic movement
community amenity
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including fugitive
emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
Appropriate personnel
excessive noise
electrical design technician or engineer
draftsperson
supervisor
customer/client
manager
trainer/mentor/teacher
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 110 of 237
VPAU814 Apply electrical principles to route selection of power distribution networks
team member
Key stakeholders
employers
clients
community interest groups
government authorities
other contractors
employees
Enterprise procedures
following and interpreting engineering design rules,
charts, tables and drawings
the use of tools and equipment
following and preparing instructions, including job sheets,
plans, drawings and designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
Basic calculations
addition
subtraction
multiplication
division
fractions
decimals
Power distribution network
Above ground or below ground wired network of
electricity supply to industry, commerce and the
community.
Infrastructure
poles, wires, cables and associated structural and electrical
hardware to support electricity supply and distribution of
up to 66kV.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 111 of 237
VPAU814 Apply electrical principles to route selection of power distribution networks
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in
this unit
Context of and specific
resources for assessment
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid,
sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors must be satisfied
that the candidate can competently and consistently perform
all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that shows a
candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the use
of risk control measures as specified in the
performance criteria and range;
demonstrate required knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function and
industrial environment;
consistently demonstrate the ability to determine a
power distribution route that:
- maximises the span between poles
- meets engineering and technical specifications
- complies with safety and statutory requirements
- satisfies all client requirements.
Evidence should show competency working in a realistic
environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate will
be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace
procedures, product and manufacturing specifications,
codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment
occurs off the job, then an appropriate simulation must be
used where the range of conditions reflects realistic
workplace situations. The competencies covered by this
unit would be demonstrated by an individual working
alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment
should not disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment
.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
including:
- observation of processes and procedures;
- oral and/or written questioning on required knowledge
and skills;
Page 112 of 237
VPAU814 Apply electrical principles to route selection of power distribution networks
-
testimony from supervisors, colleagues, clients and/or
other appropriate persons;
- inspection of the final product or outcome;
- a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time and/or
in a number of locations, any evidence should be
authenticated by colleagues, supervisors, clients or other
appropriate persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language,
literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this
unit of competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
Employability Skills
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation for
this unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of the
unit as specified by the criteria, including required
knowledge, and to be capable of applying the competency
in new and different situations and contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 113 of 237
VPAU815 Apply electrical considerations to developing the design of power distribution infrastructure
VPAU815 Apply electrical considerations to developing the design of power
distribution infrastructure
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills
required to incorporate electrical design considerations into
the preparation of design drawings for modification, extension
or new electrical distribution infrastructure. Sketches,
engineering notes and instructions will be communicated to
engineering draftspersons.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability Skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skill
requirements.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
There are no pre-requisite units for this unit.
Application of the Unit
The unit applies to low voltage (LV), high voltage (HV) and
sub-transmission infrastructure which may be above ground or
below ground.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare to carry out design of
1.1 OH&S and environmental requirements for a given
work area are obtained and clarified in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
power distribution infrastructure.
1.2 Established OH&S requirements and risk control
measures and procedures in preparation for the work
area are followed.
1.3 Safety hazards, which have not previously been
identified, are documented and risk control measures
devised and implemented in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
1.4 The scope of power distribution network infrastructure
works is established from job briefs and discussions with
appropriate personnel.
1.5 Engineering design rules and statutory requirements are
identified and obtained in line with enterprise
procedures.
1.6 Appropriate personnel and stake holders are consulted
to ensure the task is coordinated effectively with others
involved at the work site.
2. Carry out design of power
distribution infrastructure.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
2.1 Specification of pole diameter and pole material is
selected according to design briefs.
Page 114 of 237
VPAU815 Apply electrical considerations to developing the design of power distribution infrastructure
2.2 Pole height is determined from design brief and using
graphs, charts and basic calculations.
2.3 Specification of hole diameter and depth, pole footing
and guying, hole backfilling and compaction are
determined in line with enterprise procedures.
2.4 Pole hardware selection and placement is specified to
meet design brief and where required, facilitate live line
maintenance in accordance with enterprise procedures.
2.5 Detailed design field notes, sketches and instructions to
be passed on to draftspersons are created in accordance
with enterprise procedures.
2.6 Methods for dealing with unexpected situations are
selected on the basis of safety and specified work
outcomes
3. Complete and document
design of power distribution
infrastructure.
3.1 Work site is made safe in accordance with established
safety procedures.
3.2 Detailed design field notes, sketches and hardware
specifications are communicated to appropriate
personnel.
3.3 Appropriate personnel are notified, in accordance with
enterprise procedures, that the task has been completed.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills
-
Correctly using tools and equipment.
Following enterprise OH&S procedures.
Using office and engineering software applications.
Applying mathematical principles to solve engineering problems.
Selecting structural components which have appropriate electrical
properties.
Determining pole type, height, diameter and material.
Specifying hole diameter and depth, pole footing and guying, hole
backfilling and compaction.
Determining pole hardware requirements for powerline installation and
extension.
Specifying pole and hardware installation for “working live” maintenance.
Selecting underground mains layout.
- Specifying underground cable installation.
- Producing technical sketches, drawings and documents.
- Working with clients and peers to achieve outcomes.
Required knowledge
-
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Correct usage of tools and equipment.
Enterprise OH&S procedures.
Basic computer applications and systems.
Engineering applications of mathematical principles.
Above and below ground transmission, distribution systems.
Page 115 of 237
VPAU815 Apply electrical considerations to developing the design of power distribution infrastructure
-
Electrical properties of materials.
Cross-arm configurations
Cable sizes, types and current capacity.
Function and types of insulators, fuses, switches, transformer and substation.
The principles of earthing and role of the earthing system.
Earth resistance and earthing techniques.
Above and below ground transmission, distribution systems.
High voltage SWER system.
Powerline distribution installation and extension.
Pole and hardware installation and maintenance.
Overhead line component fundamentals.
Underground cable installation.
Safe design principles.
Environmental fundamentals.
Standards for technical drawings and documents.
Basic design characteristics of poles/structures and associated equipment.
Design characteristics of underground and overhead conductors and cables,
and structures.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation,
needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples
listed under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
Scope
OH&S requirements
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Environmental requirements
adjacent vehicular traffic movement
community amenity
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including fugitive
emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
Appropriate personnel
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
excessive noise
electrical design technician or engineer
draftsperson
supervisor
Page 116 of 237
VPAU815 Apply electrical considerations to developing the design of power distribution infrastructure
customer/client
manager
trainer/mentor/teacher
team member
Key stakeholders
employers
clients
community interest groups
government authorities
other contractors
employees
Enterprise procedures
engineering design rules, charts, tables and specification
drawings
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and
designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
Basic calculations
addition
subtraction
multiplication
division
fractions
decimals
Power distribution network
Wired network of electricity supply to industry, commerce
and the community.
Infrastructure
poles, wires, cables and associated structural and electrical
hardware to support electricity supply and distribution.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 117 of 237
VPAU815 Apply electrical considerations to developing the design of power distribution infrastructure
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in
this unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid,
sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors must be satisfied
that the candidate can competently and consistently perform
all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that shows a
candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the use
of risk control measures as specified in the
performance criteria and range;
demonstrate required knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function and
industrial environment;
consistently demonstrate the ability to prepare
design sketches and instructions for draftspersons that:
- meets design brief
- specifies all required hardware and hardware
attachment and spacings
- satisfies engineering and technical specifications
- complies with safety and statutory requirements
- satisfies all client requirements
Context of and specific
resources for assessment
Evidence should show competency working in a realistic
environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate will
be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace
procedures, product and manufacturing specifications,
codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment
occurs off the job, then an appropriate simulation must be
used where the range of conditions reflects realistic
workplace situations. The competencies covered by this
unit would be demonstrated by an individual working
alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment
should not disadvantage the candidate.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 118 of 237
VPAU815 Apply electrical considerations to developing the design of power distribution infrastructure
Method of assessment
.
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
including:
- observation of processes and procedures;
- oral and/or written questioning on required knowledge
and skills;
- testimony from supervisors, colleagues, clients and/or
other appropriate persons;
- inspection of the final product or outcome;
- a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time and/or
in a number of locations, any evidence should be
authenticated by colleagues, supervisors, clients or other
appropriate persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language,
literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this
unit of competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
Employability Skills
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation for
this unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of the
unit as specified by the criteria, including required
knowledge, and to be capable of applying the competency
in new and different situations and contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 119 of 237
VPAU808 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches
VPAU808 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills
required to configure and program routers and switches to
establish voice and data services and applications over LAN
and WAN connections for enterprise networks.
This unit, together with:
- VPAU645 Install and configure a home or
small office network
- VPAU646 Install and configure a small to
medium business network
- VPAU809 Design, install and configure an
internetwork
provides skills and knowledge that align with network
industry certifications.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability Skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skill
requirements.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
There are no pre-requisite units.
Application of the Unit
This unit applies to medium to large enterprises requiring the
use of internetwork services and applications.
Furthermore, his unit is applies to networks employing VLAN
connectivity and hierarchical addressing schemes and where
access control will be used to achieve network security.
This unit of competency is intended for courses at Certificate
III or higher.
Competency Field
Information Communication Technology
Sector
Internetworking
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan the implementation of
1.1 OH&S and environmental requirements for a given
work area are obtained and clarified in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
network routers and switches.
1.2 Established OH&S requirements and risk control
measures and procedures in preparation for the work
area are followed.
1.3 Safety hazards, which have not previously been
identified, are documented and risk control measures
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 120 of 237
VPAU808 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches
devised and implemented in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
1.4 Nature and scope of network routers and network
switches is established from job briefs or discussions
with appropriate personnel.
1.5 Network services and network application requirements
are planned for, selected and obtained in accordance with
enterprise procedures.
1.6 Operating instructions, manuals, hardware and software
diagnostic tools are identified and made available as
required.
1.7 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the task is
coordinated effectively with others involved at the work
site.
2. Implement network switches
and routers.
2.1 Routers and switches are configured according to
manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise procedures.
2.2 Addressing scheme is determined and applied using
basic calculations.
2.3 Network WAN links are activated and verified.
2.4 Network services and network applications are enabled
to the network.
2.5 Traffic access and filtering is set up according to
enterprise procedures.
3. Troubleshoot network
switches and routers.
3.1 Diagnostic and analysis tools are used to monitor
network performance and isolate faults
3.2 Troubleshooting of network and internet connectivity is
performed according to manufacturers’ specifications
and enterprise procedures.
3.3 Methods for dealing with unexpected situations are
selected on the basis of safety and specified work
outcomes.
4. Document configuration and
troubleshooting records.
4.1 Work site is made safe in accordance with established
safety procedures.
4.2 Router and switch configuration details are recorded and
stored in accordance with enterprise procedures.
4.3 Fault history and network recovery actions are recorded
and stored in accordance with enterprise procedures.
4.4 Appropriate personnel are notified, in accordance with
enterprise procedures, that the task has been completed.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 121 of 237
VPAU808 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills
-
Correctly using tools and equipment.
Following enterprise OH&S procedures.
Configuring switches and routers to enable LAN and WAN links.
Using a hierarchical IP network address scheme.
Connecting enterprise networks using WAN services and applications
Connecting the enterprise network to external services.
Using appropriate tools to analyse enterprise network.
Configuring and activating network access and security measures.
Troubleshooting network faults and implementing recovery action.
Maintaining enterprise network documentation.
Required knowledge
-
Tool and equipment correct usage.
Enterprise OH&S procedures.
Features and applications in the enterprise.
Network modelling.
Enterprise switching and routing protocols and strategies
Multilayer switching
Hierarchical addressing
Routing protocols
VLAN routing
Implementing enterprise WAN links.
Access control lists.
Network diagnostic and troubleshooting techniques.
Enterprise record keeping procedures.
-
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 122 of 237
VPAU808 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation,
needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples
listed under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
Scope
OH&S requirements
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Environmental requirements
liquid waste
solid waste
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including fugitive
emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
excessive noise
Appropriate personnel
Enterprise procedures
supervisor
customer/client
manager
site engineer
trainer
mentor
teacher
team member
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and
designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
Basic calculations
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
addition
subtraction
Page 123 of 237
VPAU808 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches
multiplication
division
fractions
decimals
binary number system
Network service
Network application
Domain Name System - DNS
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol – DHCP
Web services
Collaborative services
Authentication servers
Directory services
Network file system
e-mail
printing
Enterprise software applications
spreadsheet
word-processor
media player
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in
this unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid,
sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors must be satisfied
that the candidate can competently and consistently perform
all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that shows a
candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the use
of risk control measures as specified in the
performance criteria and range;
demonstrate required knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function and
industrial environment;
Within the constraints of a medium to large
enterprise network, consistently demonstrate the
ability to:
A
Determine customer networking
requirements.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 124 of 237
VPAU808 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches
Context of and specific
resources for assessment
B
Configure routers and switches using
hierarchical addressing over VLANs to
meet network link requirements.
C
Enable and control access to network
services and applications across the
network.
D
Diagnose and rectify network hardware
and device configuration faults.
E
Document configuration information, fault
finding history and remediation action.
Evidence should show competency working in a realistic
environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate will
be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace
procedures, product and manufacturing specifications,
codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment
occurs off the job, then an appropriate simulation must be
used where the range of conditions reflects realistic
workplace situations. The competencies covered by this
unit would be demonstrated by an individual working
alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment
should not disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment
.
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
including:
- observation of processes and procedures;
- oral and/or written questioning on required knowledge
and skills;
- testimony from supervisors, colleagues, clients and/or
other appropriate persons;
- inspection of the final product or outcome;
- a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time and/or
in a number of locations, any evidence should be
authenticated by colleagues, supervisors, clients or other
appropriate persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language,
literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this
unit of competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
Employability Skills
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 125 of 237
VPAU808 Implement and troubleshoot enterprise routers and switches
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation for
this unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of the
unit as specified by the criteria, including required
knowledge, and to be capable of applying the competency
in new and different situations and contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 126 of 237
VPAU809 Design, install and configure an internetwork
VPAU809 Design, install and configure an internetwork
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills
required to design an enterprise internetwork, procure
LAN/WAN requirements and perform network upgrades.
This unit, together with:
- VPAU645 Install and configure a home or
small office network
- VPAU646 Install and configure a small to
medium business network
- VPAU808 Implement and troubleshoot
enterprise routers and switches
provides skills and knowledge that align with network
industry certifications.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability Skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skill
requirements.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
There are no prerequisite units.
Application of the Unit
This unit applies to the design, installation and configuration of a
network suitable for a large enterprise. The design will include
determining network requirements and creating network design
including topology selection for wired and wireless infrastructure.
Advanced routing and addressing schemes will be utilised in the
design.
This unit of competency is intended for courses at Certificate
III or higher.
Competency Field
Information Communication Technology
Sector
Internetworking
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan the design and installation
an internetwork.
1.1
OH&S and environmental requirements for a given work
area are obtained and clarified in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
1.2
Established OH&S requirements and risk control measures
and procedures in preparation for the work area are followed.
1.3
Safety hazards, which have not previously been identified, are
documented and risk control measures devised and
implemented in consultation with appropriate personnel.
1.4
Nature and scope of the internetwork is established from job
briefs or discussions with appropriate personnel and design
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 127 of 237
VPAU809 Design, install and configure an internetwork
specifications agreed to.
2. Design an internetwork.
1.5
Network hardware and network device requirements are
determined, selected and obtained in accordance with
enterprise procedures.
1.6
Equipment manuals and programming instructions are
identified and collected as required.
1.7
Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the task is
coordinated effectively with others involved at the work site.
2.1
Network Topology is selected after considering technical
requirements, constraints (physical and financial) and
expansion projections.
2.2
Network devices and network resources are determined
including wired and wireless implementations.
2.3
Network security is incorporated in network design in
accordance with enterprise procedures.
2.4
Router and switch configurations are determined to meet
design specifications
2.5
3. Install and configure a designed
internetwork.
4. Complete and document
network design and installation.
3.1
Network hardware is installed in to meet network topology
and in accordance with enterprise procedures.
3.2
Routers and switches are configured to satisfy the logical
connection of the internetwork.
3.3
Connectivity and performance tests are conducted to verify
the installed network meets the design specification.
3.4
Troubleshooting of installed internetwork is performed
according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise
procedures.
3.5
Methods for dealing with unexpected situations are selected
on the basis of safety and specified work outcomes.
4.1
Work site is made safe in accordance with established safety
procedures.
4.2
Design, installation, configuration and troubleshooting
documentation is stored and recorded in accordance with
enterprise procedures.
4.3
Internetwork administrator and security access codes and
passwords are stored and recorded in accordance with
enterprise procedures.
4.4
Appropriate personnel are notified, in accordance with
enterprise procedures, that the task has been completed.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills
- Correctly using tools and equipment.
- Following enterprise OH&S procedures.
- Determine customer requirements and negotiating a design specification.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 128 of 237
VPAU809 Design, install and configure an internetwork
- Applying network design methodologies to design networks that provide a
range of services and applications found in larger networks.
- Identify the technical requirements, constraints and manageability issues
for a given customer network requirement.
- Determining the impact of upgrading hardware and software on network
functionality.
- Conducting a wireless site survey
- Analyse the impact of applications on traffic flow in the network
- Installing a network design
Required knowledge
-
Tool and equipment correct usage.
Enterprise OH&S procedures.
OSI layered communication model.
Network requirements
Applications
Quality of service
Manageability
Lifecycle
- Network design concepts
Physical and financial constraints
business requirements
network topologies
wired or wireless options
security
- Troubleshooting
Impact of network failure
Maintenance
Troubleshooting methodology
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 129 of 237
VPAU809 Design, install and configure an internetwork
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work
situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples listed under
the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
OH&S requirements
Scope
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods
code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Environmental requirements
liquid waste
solid waste
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including
fugitive emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
excessive noise
Appropriate personnel
supervisor
customer/client
manager
site engineer
trainer
mentor
teacher
team member
Enterprise procedures
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans,
drawings and designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
Internetwork
the connection of two or more distinct
computer networks or network segments via a
common routing technology.
Network topology
the physical and logical interconnection
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 130 of 237
VPAU809 Design, install and configure an internetwork
between network devices. For example ring,
mesh, tree, star and bus.
Network devices
switch, router, server, including cable and
wireless interconnectivity for a SOHO,
medium and enterprise networks.
Network resources
files, software, printers
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment and
evidence required to demonstrate
competency in this unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid,
sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors must be satisfied that
the candidate can competently and consistently perform all
elements of the unit as specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that shows a
candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the use of
risk control measures as specified in the performance
criteria and range;
demonstrate required knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function and
industrial environment;
Within the environment of a large enterprise
network, consistently demonstrate the ability to:
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
A
Determine customer requirements.
B
Design an internetwork that uses
advanced routing and addressing
techniques.
C
Install an internetwork according to
design specification.
D
Configure network devices to meet
design functionality.
E
Document internetwork design,
installation and configuration.
Evidence should show competency working in a realistic
environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate will be
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 131 of 237
VPAU809 Design, install and configure an internetwork
permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures,
product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards,
manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment
occurs off the job, then an appropriate simulation must be
used where the range of conditions reflects realistic
workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit
would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as
part of a team. The assessment environment should not
disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment
.
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
including:
- observation of processes and procedures;
- oral and/or written questioning on required knowledge
and skills;
- testimony from supervisors, colleagues, clients and/or
other appropriate persons;
- inspection of the final product or outcome;
- a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time and/or in a
number of locations, any evidence should be authenticated
by colleagues, supervisors, clients or other appropriate
persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy
and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of
competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the Employability
Skills
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation for this
unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit
as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge,
and to be capable of applying the competency in new and
different situations and contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 132 of 237
VPAU810 Build and maintain a fundamental network
VPAU810 Build and maintain a fundamental network
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the basic knowledge and
skills required to build a simple wired LAN.
This unit, together with:
- VPAU811 Apply advanced routing protocols
to network design
- VPAU812 Configure and troubleshoot
advanced network switching
- VPAU813 Install and maintain a WAN
provides skills and knowledge that align with network
industry certifications.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability Skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skill
requirements.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
There are no pre-requisite units.
Application of the Unit
The unit applies to simplified network environments
demonstrating the use of network and internetwork
connectivity using a range of client server applications and
services.
Competency Field
Information Communication Technology
Sector
Internetworking
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan to build a LAN or WAN.
1.1 OH&S and environmental requirements for a given
work area are obtained and clarified in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
1.2 Established OH&S requirements and risk control
measures and procedures in preparation for the work
area are followed.
1.3 Safety hazards, which have not previously been
identified, are documented and risk control measures
devised and implemented in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
1.4 Network design specification is established from job
briefs or discussions with appropriate personnel
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 133 of 237
VPAU810 Build and maintain a fundamental network
1.5 Network addressing scheme is designed and calculated
using basic calculations where required.
1.6 Network hardware is determined and obtained in
accordance with established procedures.
1.7 Operating instructions, manuals, hardware tests and
software tests are identified and collected as required.
1.8 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the task is
coordinated effectively with others involved at the work
site.
2. Build and verify a network.
2.1 Connections between network hardware are established
according to manufacturers’ specifications and
established procedures.
2.2 Network routing and switching are verified to conform
to network design specification.
2.3 Network resources are set up, configured and shared
between network devices.
3. Monitor network performance
and troubleshoot network.
3.1 Network traffic is monitored and performance metrics
assessed against manufacturers’ specifications and
established procedures.
3.2 Security threats are recognised and control measures
initiated according to established procedures.
3.3 Troubleshooting of network is performed according to
manufacturers’ specifications and established
procedures.
3.4 Methods for dealing with unexpected situations are
selected on the basis of safety and specified work
outcomes.
4. Complete and document
network build.
4.1 Work site is made safe in accordance with established
safety procedures.
4.2 Network schematics and network addressing scheme are
recorded and stored in accordance with established
procedures.
4.3 Appropriate personnel are notified, in accordance with
established procedures, that the task has been
completed.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills
- Following enterprise OH&S procedures.
- Use appropriate tools to develop and test network addressing.
- Use appropriate tools to monitor and analyse the routing of packets in a
network.
- Configure interfaces and test and verify correct functionality.
- Plan, build, configure, test and analyse the performance of a network.
- Configure applications and verify their connection to provide network
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 134 of 237
VPAU810 Build and maintain a fundamental network
services.
- Configuring the security features of a network to minimise risk of security
breach.
- Troubleshooting common network problems in accordance with help desk
procedures.
- Working with customers and peers to achieve outcomes.
Required knowledge
-
Tool and equipment correct usage.
Enterprise OH&S procedures.
The internet and computer network communication.
OSI and TCP/IP model.
Network addressing schemes.
Seven-layer OSI model
Planning the cabling of Ethernet networks.
Troubleshooting procedures.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation,
needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples
listed under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
Scope
OH&S requirements
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Environmental requirements
liquid waste
solid waste
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including fugitive
emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
excessive noise
Appropriate personnel
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
supervisor
customer/client
Page 135 of 237
VPAU810 Build and maintain a fundamental network
manager
site engineer
trainer
mentor
teacher
team member
Established procedures
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and
designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
Basic calculations
addition
subtraction
multiplication
division
fractions
decimals
binary, hexadecimal and octal
Network hardware
switches, routers and cables.
Network addressing
static and dynamic addressing
sub-netting
Network resources
files, software
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 136 of 237
VPAU810 Build and maintain a fundamental network
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid,
sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors must be satisfied
that the candidate can competently and consistently perform
all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that shows a
candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the use
of risk control measures as specified in the
performance criteria and range;
demonstrate required knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function and
industrial environment;
Within the constraints of a small business or home
network, consistently demonstrate the ability to:
A
Develop a network addressing scheme.
B
D
Determine required network components to
build the network.
Plan, build, configure, test and analyse the
performance of a network.
Troubleshoot network problems
E
Work with customers and peers
C
Context of and specific
resources for assessment
Evidence should show competency working in a realistic
environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate will
be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace
procedures, product and manufacturing specifications,
codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment
occurs off the job, then an appropriate simulation must be
used where the range of conditions reflects realistic
workplace situations. The competencies covered by this
unit would be demonstrated by an individual working
alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment
should not disadvantage the candidate.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 137 of 237
VPAU810 Build and maintain a fundamental network
Method of assessment
.
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
including:
- observation of processes and procedures;
- oral and/or written questioning on required knowledge
and skills;
- testimony from supervisors, colleagues, clients and/or
other appropriate persons;
- inspection of the final product or outcome;
- a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time and/or
in a number of locations, any evidence should be
authenticated by colleagues, supervisors, clients or other
appropriate persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language,
literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this
unit of competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
Employability Skills
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation for
this unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of the
unit as specified by the criteria, including required
knowledge, and to be capable of applying the competency
in new and different situations and contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 138 of 237
VPAU811 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design
VPAU811 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills
required to use appropriate tools, equipment, software and
protocols to configure and troubleshoot network routers .
This unit, together with:
- VPAU810 Build and maintain a secure
network
- VPAU812 Configure and troubleshoot
advanced network switching
- VPAU813 Install and maintain a WAN
provides skills and knowledge that align with network
industry certifications.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability Skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skill
requirements.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
There are no prerequisite units.
Application of the Unit
The unit applies to the configuration, analysis and
troubleshooting of routers in small to medium sized business
networks.
Competency Field
Information Communication Technology
Sector
Internetworking
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan the application of routing
1.1 OH&S and environmental requirements for a given
work area are obtained and clarified in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
protocols.
1.2 Established OH&S requirements and risk control
measures and procedures in preparation for the work
area are followed.
1.3 Safety hazards, which have not previously been
identified, are documented and risk control measures
devised and implemented in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
1.4 Nature and scope of the network and network routing
requirements is established from job briefs or discussions
with appropriate personnel.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 139 of 237
VPAU811 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design
1.5 Hardware and software diagnostic test methodologies
and testing resources in accordance with enterprise
procedures.
1.6 Operating instructions, manuals, hardware and software
tests and are identified and collected as required.
1.7 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the task is
coordinated effectively with others involved at the work
site.
2. Apply advanced routing.
2.1 Router interfaces are setup according to manufacturers’
specifications and established procedures.
2.2 Advanced routing protocols are implemented to achieve
network design requirements.
2.3 Classless addressing is implemented across a network.
2.4 Troubleshooting of network routing is performed
according to manufacturers’ specifications and
established procedures.
2.5 Security threats are recognised and control measures
initiated according to established procedures.
2.6 Methods for dealing with unexpected situations are
selected on the basis of safety and specified work
outcomes.
3. Complete and document
router installation.
3.1 Work site is made safe in accordance with established
safety procedures.
3.2 Installation software and physical and logical diagrams
are stored and recorded in accordance with established
procedures.
3.3 Network administrator and security access codes and
passwords are stored and recorded in accordance with
established procedures.
3.4 Appropriate personnel are notified, in accordance with
established procedures, that the task has been
completed.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills
-
Required knowledge
- Correct usage of tools and equipment.
- Enterprise OH&S procedures.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Correctly using tools and equipment.
Following enterprise OH&S procedures.
Implementing IP addressing schemes and security strategies.
Configuring interfaces and protocols for network routing.
Verifying routing.
Troubleshooting advanced routing for client networks.
Page 140 of 237
VPAU811 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design
-
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Routing and Packet Forwarding.
Static Routing.
Dynamic Routing.
Distance Vector Routing Protocols.
o Eg. RIP v1 and v2
Scalable routing strategies
o Eg VSLM and CIDR.
Routing Tables.
Link-State routing Protocols.
o Eg OSPF.
Hybrid routing protocols
o Eg EIGRP.
Security protocols using access lists
Page 141 of 237
VPAU811 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation,
needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples
listed under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
Scope
OH&S requirements
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Environmental requirements
liquid waste
solid waste
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including fugitive
emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
excessive noise
Appropriate personnel
Established procedures
supervisor
customer/client
manager
site engineer
trainer
mentor
teacher
team member
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and
designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
Basic calculations
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
addition
Page 142 of 237
VPAU811 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design
subtraction
multiplication
division
fractions
decimals
binary number system
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in
this unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid,
sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors must be satisfied
that the candidate can competently and consistently perform
all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that shows a
candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the use
of risk control measures as specified in the
performance criteria and range;
demonstrate required knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function and
industrial environment;
Within the constraints of a small to medium
network, consistently demonstrate the ability to:
Context of and specific
resources for assessment
A
Plan network routing requirements to meet
design specification.
B
Configured advanced protocols on network
routers.
C
Manage network addressing.
D
Troubleshoot the network.
E
Install network security.
Evidence should show competency working in a realistic
environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate will
be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures,
product and manufacturing specifications, codes,
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 143 of 237
VPAU811 Apply advanced routing protocols to network design
standards, manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment
occurs off the job, then an appropriate simulation must be
used where the range of conditions reflects realistic
workplace situations. The competencies covered by this
unit would be demonstrated by an individual working
alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment
should not disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment
.
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
including:
- observation of processes and procedures;
- oral and/or written questioning on required knowledge
and skills;
- testimony from supervisors, colleagues, clients and/or
other appropriate persons;
- inspection of the final product or outcome;
- a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time and/or in
a number of locations, any evidence should be
authenticated by colleagues, supervisors, clients or other
appropriate persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language,
literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this
unit of competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
Employability Skills
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation for
this unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of the
unit as specified by the criteria, including required
knowledge, and to be capable of applying the competency
in new and different situations and contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 144 of 237
VPAU812 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching
VPAU812 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills
required to perform network switch configuration and
troubleshooting including network management by remote
access for wired and wireless networks.
This unit, together with:
- VPAU810 Build and maintain a fundamental
network
- VPAU811 Apply advanced routing protocols
to network design
- VPAU813 Install and maintain a WAN
provides skills and knowledge that align with network
industry certifications.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability Skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skill
requirements.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
There are no prerequisite units.
Application of the Unit
This unit is applicable to large networks involving WLANs,
VLANs, interVLAN routing, remote access management and
operating system management of network devices.
Competency Field
Information Communication Technology
Sector
Internetworking
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan the configuration and
1.1 OH&S and environmental requirements for a given
work area are obtained and clarified in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
troubleshooting.
1.2 Established OH&S requirements and risk control
measures and procedures in preparation for the work
area are followed.
1.3 Safety hazards, which have not previously been
identified, are documented and risk control measures
devised and implemented in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
1.4 Nature and scope of the network and network topology is
established from job briefs or discussions with
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 145 of 237
VPAU812 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching
appropriate personnel.
1.5 Wireless and wired network components are planned
for, selected and obtained in accordance with enterprise
procedures.
1.6 Operating instructions, manuals, configuration software
tools and trouble shooting methodologies are identified
and collected as required.
1.7 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the task is
coordinated effectively with others involved at the work
site.
2. Configure network switches.
2.1 Network switches are setup and configured according to
manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise procedures.
2.2 A routed network is built and configured
2.3 Configuration tasks are performed by remote access
management.
2.4 Multiple VLANs are established across the network.
3. Troubleshoot network.
3.1 Troubleshooting of network is performed according to
manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise procedures.
3.2 Methods for dealing with unexpected situations are
selected on the basis of safety and specified work
outcomes.
4. Complete
4.1 Work site is made safe in accordance with established
safety procedures.
4.2 Installation software, physical diagrams and logical
diagrams are stored and recorded in accordance with
enterprise procedures.
4.3 Network administrator and security access codes and
passwords are stored and recorded in accordance with
enterprise procedures.
4.4 Appropriate personnel are notified, in accordance with
enterprise procedures, that the task has been completed.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills
-
Required knowledge
- Tool and equipment correct usage.
- Enterprise OH&S procedures.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Correctly using tools and equipment.
Following enterprise OH&S procedures.
Designing and building a interVLAN switched network
Configuring a switch using VLAN trunking and Spanning Tree protocols.
Configuring a network to support multiple VLANs
Establishing LAN switching over a wireless network.
Installing switch and remote access security.
Troubleshooting network malfunction.
Page 146 of 237
VPAU812 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching
-
VLAN Trunking Protocol
Spanning Tree Protocol
InterVLAN routing
Wireless LAN setup and access configuration.
Switch and remote network security management.
Troubleshooting procedures.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add any
essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs
of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples listed
under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
Scope
OH&S requirements
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Environmental requirements
liquid waste
solid waste
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including fugitive
emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
excessive noise
Appropriate personnel
Enterprise procedures
supervisor
customer/client
manager
site engineer
trainer
mentor
teacher
team member
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 147 of 237
VPAU812 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching
designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedure
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in
this unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid,
sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors must be satisfied that
the candidate can competently and consistently perform all
elements of the unit as specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that shows a
candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the use of
risk control measures as specified in the performance
criteria and range;
demonstrate required knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe typically
expected of the discipline, work function and industrial
environment;
Within the constraints of a small to medium business
network, consistently demonstrate the ability to:
A
Build and configure a routed network.
Context of and specific
resources for assessment
B
Configure a VLAN on a given network
topology.
C
Configure VLAN Trunking and Spanning
Tree protocols
D
Establish VLANs over a wireless network.
E
Design and deploy remote access and network
security.
Evidence should show competency working in a realistic
environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate will be
permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures,
product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards,
manuals and reference materials.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 148 of 237
VPAU812 Configure and troubleshoot advanced network switching
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment
occurs off the job, then an appropriate simulation must be
used where the range of conditions reflects realistic
workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit
would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as
part of a team. The assessment environment should not
disadvantage the candidate.
Method of assessment
.
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
including:
- observation of processes and procedures;
- oral and/or written questioning on required knowledge
and skills;
- testimony from supervisors, colleagues, clients and/or
other appropriate persons;
- inspection of the final product or outcome;
- a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is required
to be demonstrated over a period of time and/or in a number
of locations, any evidence should be authenticated by
colleagues, supervisors, clients or other appropriate persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy
and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of
competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the Employability
Skills
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation for this
unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit
as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge,
and to be capable of applying the competency in new and
different situations and contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 149 of 237
VPAU813 Install and maintain a WAN
VPAU813 Install and maintain a WAN
Unit Descriptor
This unit of competency sets out the knowledge and skills
required to use appropriate tools, equipment, software and
protocols to install and maintain a wide area network
This unit, together with:
- VPAU810 Build and maintain a fundamental
network
- VPAU811 Apply advanced routing protocols
to network design
- VPAU812 Configure and troubleshoot
advanced network switching
provides skills and knowledge that align with network
industry certifications.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability Skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The
qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skill
requirements.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
There are no prerequisite units.
Application of the Unit
The unit applies to the installation and maintenance of
medium to large enterprise networks requiring secure WAN
access.
Competency Field
Information Communication Technology
Sector
Internetworking
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan the installation and
1.1 OH&S and environmental requirements for a given
work area are obtained and clarified in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
maintenance of a network with
WAN access.
1.2 Established OH&S requirements and risk control
measures and procedures in preparation for the work
area are followed.
1.3 Safety hazards, which have not previously been
identified, are documented and risk control measures
devised and implemented in consultation with
appropriate personnel.
1.4 Nature and scope of the client network is established
from job briefs or discussions with appropriate
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 150 of 237
VPAU813 Install and maintain a WAN
personnel.
1.5 Network hardware, software, network protocol and
technology requirements are planned for, selected and
obtained in accordance with enterprise procedures.
1.6 Operating instructions, manuals and installation
procedures are identified and collected as required.
1.7 Hardware and software diagnostic test methodologies
and testing resources are identified and collected as
required.
1.8 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the task is
coordinated effectively with others involved at the work
site.
2. Install a WAN accessible
network.
2.1 WAN accessible network is installed according to
manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise procedures.
2.2 The network is set up and configured to provide WAN
access.
2.3 Network addressing is determined by or verified using
basic calculations where required.
2.4 Security threats are recognised and control measures
initiated according to enterprise procedures.
3. Maintain a WAN accessible
network.
3.1 Hardware and software analysis and diagnostic
methodologies are employed according to
manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise procedures.
3.2 Methods for dealing with unexpected situations are
selected on the basis of safety and specified work
outcomes.
4. Complete and document
WAN network installation.
4.1 Work site is made safe in accordance with established
safety procedures.
4.2 Installation software and physical and logical network
diagrams are stored and recorded in accordance with
enterprise procedures.
4.3 Network administrator and security access codes and
passwords are stored and recorded in accordance with
enterprise procedures.
4.4 Appropriate personnel are notified, in accordance with
enterprise procedures, that the task has been completed.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required skills
-
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Correctly using tools and equipment.
Following enterprise OH&S procedures.
Identifying customer requirements.
Determining and selecting an appropriate WAN configuration.
Facilitating network connectivity by installing and configuring a WAN
communication protocol such as PPP, HDLC and Frame Relay.
Page 151 of 237
VPAU813 Install and maintain a WAN
- Implementing teleworker services and network security measures.
- Troubleshooting client network problems using industry standard
troubleshooting methodologies and tools.
Required knowledge
-
Tool and equipment correct usage.
Enterprise OH&S procedures.
OSI layered communication model.
WAN link protocols such as PPP, HDLC, LAPB and Frame Relay.
Methods of securing network services including access control lists.
Requirements to provide teleworker network services.
IP Addressing services and network scaling.
WAN troubleshooting methodologies and analysis and diagnostic tools.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording in the Performance Criteria is detailed below. Add
any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation,
needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts
The following variables may be present and may include, but are not limited to, the examples
listed under the scope. All work is undertaken to state or territory legislative requirements.
Variable
Scope
OH&S requirements
legislation
protective equipment
material safety management systems
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code
local safe operation procedures
awards provisions
Environmental requirements
liquid waste
solid waste
gas, fume, vapour, smoke emissions, including fugitive
emissions, dust
excessive energy and water use
excessive noise
Appropriate personnel
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
supervisor
customer/client
manager
site engineer
trainer
Page 152 of 237
VPAU813 Install and maintain a WAN
mentor
teacher
team member
Enterprise procedures
the use of tools and equipment
instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and
designs
reporting and communication
manufacturers' specifications
operational procedures
Basic calculations
addition
subtraction
multiplication
division
fractions
decimals
binary number system
WAN protocols
PPP and Frame Relay
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid,
sufficient, current and authentic. Assessors must be satisfied
that the candidate can competently and consistently perform
all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria.
In particular this shall incorporate evidence that shows a
candidate is able to:
implement Occupational Health and Safety
workplace procedures and practices including the
use of risk control measures as specified in the
performance criteria and range;
demonstrate required knowledge and skills as
described in this unit;
demonstrate competence within a timeframe
typically expected of the discipline, work function
and industrial environment;
Within the constraints of a medium to large
enterprise network, consistently demonstrate the
ability to:
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 153 of 237
VPAU813 Install and maintain a WAN
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
A
Plan the installation of a WAN accessible
network.
B
Select and apply WAN link protocols.
C
Configure IP addressing across the
WAN.
D
Troubleshoot WAN communication
issues.
E
Install WAN access security measures.
Evidence should show competency working in a
realistic environment and a variety of conditions.
The candidate will have access to all tools, equipment,
materials and documentation required. The candidate
will be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace
procedures, product and manufacturing specifications,
codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a
combination of both on and off the job. Where
assessment occurs off the job, then an appropriate
simulation must be used where the range of conditions
reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies
covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an
individual working alone or as part of a team. The
assessment environment should not disadvantage the
candidate.
Method of assessment
.
Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways
including:
- observation of processes and procedures;
- oral and/or written questioning on required
knowledge and skills;
- testimony from supervisors, colleagues, clients
and/or other appropriate persons;
- inspection of the final product or outcome;
- a portfolio of documentary evidence.
Where performance is not directly observed and/or is
required to be demonstrated over a period of time and/or
in a number of locations, any evidence should be
authenticated by colleagues, supervisors, clients or other
appropriate persons.
Questioning techniques should not require language,
literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in
this unit of competency.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
Employability Skills
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 154 of 237
VPAU813 Install and maintain a WAN
Guidance information for
assessment
There is no concurrent assessment recommendation for
this unit.
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
competently and consistently perform all elements of the
unit as specified by the criteria, including required
knowledge, and to be capable of applying the
competency in new and different situations and
contexts.
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 155 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Table 1 - List of Units of Competency imported from Training Packages
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
BSBADM305A
Create and use databases
BSB01 Business Services
BSBCMN420A
Write complex documents
BSB01 Business Services
BSBEBUS503A
Design an e-business
BSB01 Business Services
BSBEBUS603A
Evaluate new technologies for business
BSB01 Business Services
BSBPM504A
Manage project costs
BSB01 Business Services
BSBPUR301A
Purchase goods and services
BSB01 Business Services
BSBRKG604A
BSB01 Business Services
CPPSIS4008A
Determine security and access rules and
procedures
Organise equipment and supplies
CPPSIS4010A
Operate surveying equipment
CPP07 Property Services
CPPSIS4011A
Perform surveying computations
CPP07 Property Services
CPPSIS4014A
Maintain spatial data
CPP07 Property Services
CPPSIS5002A
Capture new spatial data
CPP07 Property Services
CPPSIS5009A
Produce spatial project deliverables
CPP07 Property Services
CPPSIS5021A
Apply land and planning law to surveying
CPP07 Property Services
CPPSIS5023A
Manage advanced surveying computations
CPP07 Property Services
CPPSIS6012A
Conduct an advanced GPS control survey
CPP07 Property Services
CPPSIS6020A
Develop 2-D and 3-D terrain visualisations
CPP07 Property Services
CUFENG01A
Design broadcast facilities
CUF01 Film, TV, Radio and
Multimedia
CUFENG02A
Plan and coordinate the installation of
broadcast equipment and facilities
CUF01 Film, TV, Radio and
Multimedia
CUFENG03A
Install or upgrade broadcast equipment and
facilities
CUF01 Film, TV, Radio and
Multimedia
CUFENG04A
Maintain broadcast facilities and equipment
CUF01 Film, TV, Radio and
Multimedia
CUFENG05A
Configure broadcast software
CUF01 Film, TV, Radio and
Multimedia
CUFENG06A
Ensure quality of broadcast output
CUF01 Film, TV, Radio and
Multimedia
CUFMEM01A
Check, maintain and repair equipment
CUF01 Film, TV, Radio and
Multimedia
CUFMEM04B
Test a multimedia product
CUF01 Film, TV, Radio and
Multimedia
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
CPP07 Property Services
Page 156 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
CUFMEM11A
Design the navigation for a multimedia
product
CUF01 Film, TV, Radio and
Multimedia
CUFMEM12A
Update web pages
CUF01 Film, TV, Radio and
Multimedia
CUSSOU05A
Install, align and test sound equipment
CUS01 Music
ICAA5045A
Produce network architecture design
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAD3128A
Create user and technical documentation
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAD4127A
Create technical documentation
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAI3020A
Install and optimize operating system
software
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAI3101A
Install and manage network protocols
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAI4097A
Install and configure a network
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAITS032B
Provide network system administration
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAS3024A
Provide basic system administration
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAS3032A
Provide network systems administration
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAS3120A
Configure and administer a network operating
system
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAS4022A
Determine and action client computing
problems
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAS4023A
Provide one-to-one instruction
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAS4106A
Action and complete change requests
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAS5102A
Establish and maintain client user liaison
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAS5104A
Determine maintenance strategy
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAS5122A
Identify and resolve network problems
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAS5123A
Manage network security
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAT3025A
Run standard diagnostic tests
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAU1128A
Operate a personal computer
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 157 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
ICAU2005A
Operate computer hardware
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAU2006A
Operate computing packages
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAU3126A
Use advanced features of computer
applications
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
Support system software
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICAU4205A
Select and employ software and hardware
tools
ICA05 Information and
Communications Technology
ICTCC100A
Follow Occupational Health and Safety policy
and procedures
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC005C
Install cable support systems
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC006C
Place and secure cable
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC008C
Terminate metallic conductor cable
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC010C
Place, secure and terminate optical fibre
cable
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC012C
Install functional and protective
telecommunications earthing system
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC016C
Joint copper cable
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC017C
Alter services to existing cable system
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC022C
Organise and monitor cabling to ensure
compliance with regulatory and industry
standards
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC036C
Undertake qualification testing of new or
enhanced equipment and systems
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC042C
Undertake system administration
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC043C
Undertake network traffic management
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC046C
Undertake network performance analysis
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC051C
Install PC based customer premises
equipment system programmes
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC053C
Train customers
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC064C
Haul underground cable
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC065C
Splice optic fibre cable
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC066C
Joint and terminate co-axial cable
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC068C
Install telecommunications service to a
building
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC071C
Install Pay TV set top unit
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC076C
Complete equipment/software upgrades
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICAU4127A
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 158 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
ICTTC106C
Locate and rectify Pay TV set top unit faults
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC130B
Prepare site for support installation
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC131B
Install an above ground equipment enclosure
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC132B
Erect cable supports
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC133B
Construct underground enclosures
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC134B
Fix aerial cable
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC135B
Joint metallic cable
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC136B
Install, maintain and modify customer
premises communications cabling: ACA
Restricted Rule
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC137B
Install, maintain and modify customer
premises communications cabling: ACA
Open Rule
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC140A
Use hand and power tools
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC141A
Work effectively in a telecommunications
technology team
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC142A
Use Photonics devices
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC143A
Integrate specialised Photonics devices into
telecommunications systems
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC144A
Use a virtual instrument
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC145A
Perform Photonics laboratory techniques
ICT02 Telecommunications
ICTTC146A
Configure and cutover a WDM system
ICT02 Telecommunications
MEM07005B
Perform general machining
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM07006B
Perform lathe operations
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM07007B
Perform milling operations
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM07008C
Perform grinding operations
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM09002B
Interpret technical drawing
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM09003B
Prepare basic engineering drawing
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM10004B
Enter and change programmable controller
operational parameters
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM10005B
Commission programmable controller
programs
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM10007C
Modify control systems
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM11012B
Purchase materials
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM13014A
Apply principles of Occupational Health &
Safety in work environment
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM14062A
Plan and develop mechatronics engineering
projects
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 159 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
MEM14081A
Apply mechanical engineering fundamentals
to support design and development of projects
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM14082A
Apply mechatronics fundamentals to support
design and development of engineering
projects
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM16009A
Research and analyse engineering information
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM16010A
Write reports
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM16011A
Communicate with individuals and small
groups
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM16014A
Report technical information
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM18001C
Use hand tools
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM18002B
Use power tools/hand held operation
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM18020B
Maintain hydraulic system components
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM18021B
Maintain hydraulic systems
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM22006A
Source and estimate materials
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM23001A
Apply advanced mathematical techniques in a
manufacturing engineering or related
environment
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM23003A
Operate and program computers and/or
controllers in engineering situations
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM23041A
Apply basic scientific principles and
techniques in mechanical engineering
situations
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM23051A
Apply basic electro and control scientific
principles and techniques in engineering
situations
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM23062A
Select and test mechatronic engineering
materials
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM23072A
Select and apply mechatronic engineering
methods, processes and construction
techniques
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM23081A
Apply scientific principles and techniques in
mechanical engineering situations
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM23082A
Apply scientific principles and techniques in
mechatronics engineering applications
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM30001A
Use computer aided drafting systems to
produce basic engineering drawings
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
MEM30012A
Apply mathematical techniques in a
manufacturing, engineering or related
environment
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 160 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
MEM30023A
Prepare a simple cost estimate for a
manufactured product
MEM05 Metal and Engineering
PRSTS301A
Identify technical security requirements
PRS03 Asset Security
PRSTS302A
Program security equipment/system
PRS03 Asset Security
PRSTS303A
Test installed security equipment/system
PRS03 Asset Security
PRSTS304A
Commission/decommission security
equipment/system
PRS03 Asset Security
PRSTS305A
Identify and diagnose electronic security
equipment/system fault
PRS03 Asset Security
PRSTS306A
Plan and co-ordinate installation
PRS03 Asset Security
PRSTS307A
Maintain and service security
equipment/system
PRS03 Asset Security
PRSTS316A
Configure a security system
PRS03 Asset Security
PSPGOV603A
Develop a tender submission
PSP04 Public Sector
UEENEEC004B
Prepare specifications for the supply of
materials and equipment for
electrotechnology projects
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEC005B
Estimate electrotechnology projects
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEC006B
Prepare tender submissions for
electrotechnology projects
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEC007B
Manage contract variations
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED002B
Assemble, set up and test personal computers
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED004B
Use engineering applications software
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED007B
Develop, enter and verify programs for
programmable logic controllers using ladder
instruction set
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED012B
Support computers hardware and software
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED014B
Design and manage enterprise networks
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED015B
Administer user networks
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED016B
Develop network services
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED017B
Install and configure Internetworking systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED018B
Design and implement Internetworking
systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED019B
Design and implement Internetworking
systems — advanced routing
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED020B
Design and implement Internetworking
systems — remote access
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED021B
Design and implement Internetworking
systems — multi-layer switching
UEE07 Electrotechnology
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 161 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
UEENEED022B
Design and implement Internetworking
systems — security
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED023B
Design and implement Internetworking
systems — wireless LANs/WANs
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED024B
Integrate multiple computer operating systems
on a client server network
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED025B
Design and configure Human-Machine
Interface networks
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED026B
Design a computer based control system
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED027B
Develop structure programs to control
external devices
Develop and test basic specification for
micro-controller equipped devices
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED031B
Develop and validate basic integrated systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED032B
Design integrated systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED033B
Design complex integrated systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED045B
Modify-redesign computer system
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED046B
Set up and configure basic local area network
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED047B
Manage computer projects
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED048B
Plan computer systems projects
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED050B
Develop control programs for micro-computer
equipped devices
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED051B
Provide programming solution for
engineering problems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED052B
Design embedded controller systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEE001B
Apply OHS practices in the workplace
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEE002B
Disassemble, assemble and fabricate
electrotechnology components
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEE003B
Solve problems in extra -low voltage
single path circuits
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEE004B
Solve problems in multiple path DC circuits
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEE005B
Fix and secure equipment
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEE007B
Use drawings, diagrams, schedules and
manuals
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEE008B
Lay wiring/cabling and terminate accessories
for extra-low voltage circuits
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEE023B
Solve basic problems in electronic and digital
equipment
Identify and select components/accessories/
materials for electrotechnology work
activities
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEED028B
UEENEEE040B
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEE07 Electrotechnology
Page 162 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Unit Code
UEENEEE044B
Unit Title
Imported from
Apply technologies and concepts to
electrotechnology work activities
Write specifications for computer systems
engineering projects
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEE072B
Write specifications for electronics and
communications engineering projects
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEE074B
Write specifications for renewable energy
engineering projects
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEH002B
Carry out basic repairs to electronic apparatus
by replacement of components
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEH012B
Troubleshoot digital subsystems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEH014B
Troubleshoot frequency dependent circuits
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEH015B
Solve problems in microprocessor based
hardware and firmware
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEH039B
Troubleshoot basic amplifiers
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEH043B
Diagnose and rectify faults in digital
subsystems of electronic controls
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEH044B
Diagnose and rectify faults in analogue
circuits and components in electronic control
systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEH048B
Design and develop advanced digital systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEH066B
Fault find micro-controller based hardware
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK001B
Maintain safety and tidiness of remote area
power supply (RAPS) systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK002B
Work safely with remote area power supply
(RAPS) systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK003B
Conduct periodic maintenance of remote area
power supply (RAPS) battery banks
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK004B
Conduct periodic maintenance of remote area
power supply (RAPS) generator sets
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK005B
Conduct periodic maintenance of remote area
power supply (RAPS) photo voltaic arrays
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK006B
Conduct periodic maintenance of remote area
power supply (RAPS) wind generators
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK007B
Conduct audits in the demand side use of
remote area power supplies
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK008B
Plan periodic maintenance schedules of
remote area power supplies
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK009B
Attend to breakdowns in remote area power
supplies
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK010B
Coordinate maintenance of renewable energy
apparatus and systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEE070B
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
UEE07 Electrotechnology
Page 163 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
UEENEEK011B
Assemble and connect remote area power
supplies
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK012B
Provide basic sustainable energy solutions for
energy reduction in domestic premises
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK013B
Apply sustainable energy practice in daily
activities
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK014B
Promote sustainable energy practice in the
community
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK017B
Maintain and repair facilities associated with
remote area essential services operation
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK018B
Maintain operation of remote area water
facilities
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK019B
Maintain operation of remote area waste
water facilities
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK020B
Maintain operation of remote area power
plant
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK021B
Manage renewable energy projects
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK022B
Plan renewable energy projects
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK023B
Carry out basic repairs to renewable energy
apparatus by replacement of components
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK024B
Assemble and set up photovoltaic apparatus in
domestic dwellings
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK025B
Solve basic problems in photovoltaic energy
apparatus
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK026B
Install and set up grid connected photovoltaic
power systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK027B
Diagnose faults in renewable energy control
systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK028B
Solve problems in stand-alone renewable
energy systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK029B
Design renewable energy heating systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK030B
Solve problems in wind energy conversion
systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK031B
Design wind energy conversion systems rated
to 10 kW.
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK032B
Develop strategies to address sustainability
issues
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK033B
Design set up hybrid power systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK035B
Design grid connected power supply systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK037B
Install and set up micro-hydro systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK038B
Design micro-hydro systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 164 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
UEENEEK039B
Design stand-alone renewable energy systems
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEENEEK041B
Develop strategies for effective energy
reduction in buildings
UEE07 Electrotechnology
UEPMNT349A
Diagnose and repair faults in electrical
equipment
UEP06 Electricity Supply Industry –
Generation Sector
UEPMNT410A
Diagnose and Repair Faults in Electronic
Equipment
UEP06 Electricity Supply Industry –
Generation Sector
UEPMNT411A
Diagnose and Repair Faults in Complex
Electrical Equipment
UEP06 Electricity Supply Industry –
Generation Sector
UEPMNT418A
Perform Mechanical and Fabrication Drafting
UEP06 Electricity Supply Industry –
Generation Sector
UEPMNT420A
Perform Electrical/Electronic Drafting
UEP06 Electricity Supply Industry –
Generation Sector
UEPMNT433A
Conduct generator electrical maintenance
UEP06 Electricity Supply Industry –
Generation Sector
UEPOPS238A
Maintain battery banks and cells
UEP06 Electricity Supply Industry –
Generation Sector
UEPOPS343A
Operate Hydro-Electric Generating Plant and
Auxiliary Equipment
UEP06 Electricity Supply Industry –
Generation Sector
UEPOPS347A
Operate and Monitor Supervisory, Control
and Data Acquisition Systems
UEP06 Electricity Supply Industry –
Generation Sector
Table 2 - Units of Competency imported from State Accredited Courses
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
VBN768
030799
Develop an individual career plan for
the engineering industry
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN769
030707
Perform basic machining processes
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN770
030101
Apply basic fabrication techniques
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN771
031399
Apply electrotechnology principles in
an engineering work environment
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN772
030799
Use computers for engineering related
work activities
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN773
030701
Produce basic engineering sketches and
drawings
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN774
030799
Perform basic computational principles
in engineering work activities
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN776
030101
Use basic engineering concepts to plan
the manufacture of engineering
components
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 165 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
VBN777
030799
Handle engineering materials
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN778
030101
Produce basic engineering components
and products using fabrication and
machining
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN779
030707
Perform cutting, grinding and turning
operations
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN780
030709
Form, bend and shape engineering
materials
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN781
031315
Use fundamental refrigeration
principles and processes to make
refrigeration and/or air conditioning
equipment operational
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN782
030711
Perform basic welding and thermal
cutting processes to fabricate
engineering structures
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN783
030799
Create engineering drawings using
computer aided systems
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBN785
030101
Assemble and test electronic
engineering equipment and make it
operational
21566VIC Certificate II in Engineering
Studies
VBP118
031399
Carry out a shared technology project
21513VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP119
031305
Perform basic network and computer
assembly
21513VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP120
031305
Perform basic network and computer
maintenance
21513VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP121
020117
Install and configure basic network and
computer operating systems
21513VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP122
031317
Install and test a home entertainment
system
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP123
020113
Build a small wireless LAN
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP124
031309
Install and test a wireless intercom
system
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP125
031307
Conduct site survey for a wireless
network
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP126
031309
Set up and operate a wireless
communications link
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP127
031309
Install communications antennae
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP128
031305
Set up and test an embedded control
system
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP129
031303
Test and verify correct operation of a
21583VIC Certificate II in Electro-
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 166 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
“by-wire” control system
technology (Shared Technology)
VBP130
031303
Implement a digital circuit using a
programmable logic devices (PLD)
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP131
030703
Construct and configure a basic robotic
system
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP132
030703
Program a basic robotic system
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP133
031303
Plan and build a system using
photonic equipment
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP134
030703
Use photonic equipment in
engineering technology
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP135
031307
Use photonic equipment in
communications technology
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP136
031301
Operate a small power supply
system
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP137
031301
Assemble and connect an extra low
voltage battery power source
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP138
031301
Maintain rechargeable battery
systems
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP139
031301
Identify and locate building blocks of a
centralised power generation system
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP140
031301
Set up an extra low voltage emergency
power supply system (not exceeding
32V)
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VBP141
031301
Install a sustainable extra low voltage
energy power system
21583VIC Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology)
VPAU645
020113
Install and configure a home or small
office network
21583VIC Certificate II in Electro technology (Shared Technology)
VPAU646
020113
Install and configure a small to medium
business network
21583VIC Certificate II in Electro technology (Shared Technology)
VBP228
010101
Apply mathematical solutions to
engineering problems
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP229
010103
Apply statistical methods for quality
control and reliability
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP234
030701
Apply calculus to engineering problems
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP236
030701
Use advanced 2D & 3D computer aided
drafting techniques
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP244
030101
Establish and manage maintenance
systems
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP247
030101
Set up advanced manufacturing systems
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP248
030101
Design advanced manufacturing
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 167 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
systems (AMS)
Engineering Technology
VBP249
030101
Manage advanced manufacturing
systems (AMS)
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP258
030101
Apply safe working practice when
operating vacuum systems
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP259
030101
Apply vacuum principles to advanced
manufacturing
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP260
030101
Identify & select vacuum components
& materials
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP261
030101
Operate vacuum components and
systems
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP262
030101
Maintain & repair vacuum systems
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP272
030703
Interface and program mechatronics
engineering systems
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP275
030701
Program, operate and select a robotics
system
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP276
030701
Plan and manage a robotics system
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP283
030701
Apply principles of mechanics to
engineering structures
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP284
030901
Apply surveying for civil engineering
projects
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP299
030999
Apply surveying computations to civil
engineering projects
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP300
030101
Implement control processes using
PLCs
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP301
030101
Program control systems
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP302
030101
Interface control systems to industrial
processes and analyse data from Data
Acquisition Systems (SCADA)
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP303
030199
Apply instrumentation principles to
industrial control systems
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP304
030101
Design and evaluate data acquisition
systems
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP305
030101
Implement and maintain control
systems for industrial processes
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBP306
039999
Apply transform principles to control
problems in engineering
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBQU244
030101
Evaluate and select clean rooms
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBQU245
030101
Develop procedures for clean-room
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 168 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Section C
Unit Code
Unit Title
Imported from
operations
Engineering Technology
VBQU246
030101
Undertake testing of clean-rooms
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
VBQU260
031301
Utilise digital electronics for control
applications
21622VIC Advanced Diploma of
Engineering Technology
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 169 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendices
Appendices
Appendix 1 – Employability Skills
Appendix 2 – Rational for developing new units of competency
Appendix 3 – Sample Courses and Credit Matrix Profiles
Appendix 4 – VRQA Intention to Accredit approval letter
Appendix 5 – Scoping Report
Appendix 6 – Minutes of Steering Committee meetings
Appendix 7 – Course Content Endorsement Forms
Appendix 8 – Letters of support
Appendix 9 – Accreditation Panel Documentation
Appendix 10 – Update of Credit Matrix information Version 1.1
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 170 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 1
Appendix 1 – Employability Skills
The following table contains a summary of the employability skills as identified by the electrotechnology
industry for this qualification. The employability skills facets described here are broad industry
requirements that may vary depending on qualification packaging.
Employability Skills for the Certificate IV in Shared Technology
Employability Skill
Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include the
following facets:
Listening to and understanding given instructions
Speaking clearly and directly
Communication
Reading and following written work descriptions
Reporting work completion to appropriate personnel
Completing documentation
Working cooperatively with other team members
Participating in group discussion of OHS procedures
Teamwork
Organising small team activities
Supervise small work-teams and provide technical support
Applying standard engineering problem solving techniques to routine problems with
respect to shared technologies
Problem solving
Developing practical solutions by applying combined technologies
Using team methods to solve problems
Using simple mathematical calculations to support problem solving
Adapting to new work situations
Initiative and
enterprise
Improving knowledge with respect to changing technologies
Identifying process improvement opportunities
Showing some creativity in approach to work solutions
Collecting and analysing organising information
Planning and
organising
Managing and monitoring own and small group time and priorities
Taking initiative and making decisions
Working individually unsupervised
Having confidence in own knowledge to meet goals
Self-management
Evaluating and monitoring own performance
Taking responsibility for work quality and completion
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 171 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 1
Managing own learning
Using skills in different contexts
Learning
Using mentoring and coaching activities
Using internet and intranet
Using ICT skills to complete activities
Technology
Using industry relevant software, technology and equipment
Use shared technologies to perform tasks
Employability Skills for the Diploma of Shared Technology
Employability Skill
Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include the
following facets:
Listening to and understanding advice from others
Reading independently
Using numeracy effectively
Communication
Writing to the needs of the audience
Sharing information
Understanding the needs of internal and external customers
Working individually and as a member of a team
Teamwork
Participates in team discussion
Applying a range of engineering problem solving techniques across shared technologies
Problem solving
Applying novel solution to new problems
Using mathematics to solve problems
Adapting to new work conditions
Initiative and
enterprise
Generating a range of options
Identify the need for new work practices
Collecting, analysing and organising information
Planning and
organising
Managing performance with given timeframes
Being resourceful
Establishing clear task goals and deliverables
Working individually unsupervised
Self-management
Articulating own ideas
Developing problem solving strategies
Learning
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Using a range of mediums and settings to learn
Page 172 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 1
Managing own learning and understanding
Contributing to the learning of team
Using IT to organise and present data
Using electronic communication methods
Technology
Use shared technologies to solve problems
Employability Skills for the Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Employability Skill
Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include the
following facets:
Negotiating responsibly
Preparing and presenting written and verbal reports
Using numeracy effectively
Communication
Writing to the needs of the audience
Sharing information
Understanding the needs of internal and external customers
Working individually and as a member of a team
Teamwork
Leads team discussion
Conducting problem simulations
Applying a range of engineering problem solving techniques across shared technologies
Problem solving
Applying novel solution to new problems
Decision making activities including budget considerations
Determine design feasibility
Designing innovative and creative practices and solutions
Initiative and
enterprise
Generating a range of options
Initiating change
Collecting, analysing and organising information
Planning and
organising
Managing performance with given timeframes
Planning and organising events
Establishing clear task goals and deliverables
Working individually unsupervised
Self-management
Articulating own ideas
Working within timeframes
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 173 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 1
Developing problem solving strategies
Using skills in different contexts
Investigation design methodologies
Learning
Using a range of mediums and settings to learn
Managing own learning and understanding
Using IT to organise and present data
Using Industry relevant software, technology and equipment
Technology
Using electronic communication methods
Use shared technologies to create design solutions
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 174 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 2
Appendix 2 – Rational for developing new units of competency
New Unit of Competency
Code
Title
Similar nationally endorsed Unit of
Competency
Code
Rationale for not using nationally endorsed
Unit of Competency
Title
VPAU479
Perform precision measurements
MEM12023A
Perform engineering measurements
The endorsed unit from MEM05 does only provide skills in
mechanical measurement. The newly developed unit has been
enhanced with electrical, electronic and scientific
measurement devices, especially the use of oscilloscopes.
VPAU480
Use computer technology
MEM16008A
Interact with computing technology
The endorsed unit does not cover electrical, electronic and
process control schematic capture and circuit simulation. The
newly developed unit addresses a combination of
electrotechnology and engineering applications.
VPAU478
Dismantle and assemble engineering
components or subsystems
MEM18055B
Dismantle, replace and assemble
engineering components
The endorsed unit only covers mechanical engineering
components whereas the newly developed unit addresses also
electrotechnology components and subsystems, such as
personal computers, electrical appliances, photocopiers and
renewable technology.
VPAU477
Apply principles of mechanics to
engineering problems
No nationally endorsed unit of competency covering the
skills and knowledge of the newly developed unit could
be located.
VPAU241
Apply electrical and electronics
principles to engineering problems
No nationally endorsed unit of competency covering the
skills and knowledge of the newly developed unit could
be located.
VPAU242
Design a shared technology system
No nationally endorsed unit of competency covering the
skills and knowledge of the newly developed unit could
be located.
VPAU243
Develop an advanced testing and
evaluation procedure
No nationally endorsed unit of competency covering the
skills and knowledge of the newly developed unit could
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version
2
Page 175 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 2
be located.
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version
2
Page 176 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 3
Appendix 3 – Sample Courses and Credit Matrix Profiles
Certificate IV in Shared Technology – sample course
Unit of
competency/
module code
Field of
Education
code
Unit of competency/
module title
Credit
Matrix*
Level
Pre
requ
Credit
Matrix*
Points
Nominal
hours
8
80
Core Units
UEENEEE040B
Identify and select components/accessories/
materials for electrotechnology work activities
none
2
UEENEEE044B
Apply technologies and concepts to
electrotechnology work activities
none
2
10
100
VBP118
031399
Carry out a shared technology project
none
2
6
60
VPAU479
010301
Perform precision measurements
none
4
3
30
VPAU480
020199
Use computer technology
none
4
4
40
VPAU478
030799
Dismantle, assemble, and fabricate engineering
components
none
2
3
30
Elective Units
Engineering Business Specialisation
MEM110012B
Purchase materials
none
2
6
60
UEENEEC005B
Estimate electrotechnology projects
none
4
4
40
MEM16009A
Research and analyse engineering information
none
4
2
20
MEM22006A
Source and estimate materials
none
5
4
40
MEM30023A
Prepare a simple cost estimate for a manufactured
product
none
3
2
20
Sustainable Energ y S ys te ms Specialisation
UEENEEE002B
Disassemble, assemble and fabricate
electrotechnology components
none
2
4
40
UEENEEE003 B
Solve problems in extra -low voltage single
path circuits
none
2
4
40
UEENEEE004 B
Solve problems in multiple path DC circuits
E003A
2
4
40
Wireless Technologies Specialisation
UEENEEE005A
Fix and secure equipment
none
2
2
20
ICTTC035C
Organise material supply
none
4
6
60
ICTTC055C
Install an antenna/wave gui de
none
4
4
40
ICTTC095C
Conduct radio frequency measurements
none
4
6
60
Total credit matrix points
82
Total nominal hours
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 177 of 237
820
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 3
The nominal duration of Certificate IV in Shared Technology is 800 hours comprised of 340 hours of
core units and a minimum of 460 hours of specialisation units. Refer to section 4.1 for details.
Participants who do not complete the Certificate IV in Shared Technology course will be issued with a
Statement of Attainment identifying those units, which they have successfully completed.
Credit Matrix qualification profile
Certificate IV in Shared Technology
Credit Matrix
Total Points
No. of
units/modules
Level 8
Level 7
Level 6
4
1
Level 5
Level 4
29
7
Level 3
2
1
Level 2
47
9
Level 1
Total
82
18
(lowest level then lowest points where there is a choice of electives)*
Diploma of Shared Technology – sample course
Unit of
competency/
module code
Field of
Education
code (6digit)
Unit of competency/
module title
Credit
Matrix*
Level
Credit
Matrix*
Points
Nominal
hours
Core Units
UEENEEE040B
Identify and select
components/accessories/ materials
for electrotechnology work activities
none
2
8
80
UEENEEE044B
Apply technologies and concepts to
electrotechnology work activities
none
2
10
100
VBP118
031399
Carry out a shared technology project
none
2
6
60
VPAU479
010301
Perform precision measurements
none
4
3
30
VPAU480
020199
Use computer technology
none
4
4
40
VPAU478
030799
Dismantle, assemble, and fabricate
engineering components
none
2
3
30
VPAU477
030799
Apply principles of mechanics to
engineering problems
none
5
6
60
VPAU241
031399
Apply electrical/electronics principles
to engineering problems
none
5
4
40
VBP263
039999
Apply basic principles of materials
science to engineering applications
none
5
4
40
Elective Units
Photonics Specialisation
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 178 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 3
ICTTC142A
Use Photonics devices
none
5
15
150
ICTTC145A
Perform Photonics laboratory
techniques
none
5
15
150
BSBCMN420A
Write complex documents
none
3
10
50
Set up and test an embedded control
system
none
2
3
30
UEENEED004B
Use engineering applications software
none
3
6
60
UEENEED007B
Develop, enter and verify programs
for programmable logic controllers
using ladder instruction set
none
3
6
60
Control Technologies Specialisation
VBP128
031305
VBQU260
031301
Utilise digital electronics for control
applications
none
5
6
60
VBP269
030703
Apply hydraulic principles in
engineering
none
5
6
60
VBP270
030703
Apply pneumatic principles in
engineering
none
5
6
60
VBP271
030703
Set up mechatronics engineering
systems
none
5
6
60
Total credit matrix points
127
Total nominal hours
The nominal duration of the Diploma of Shared Technology is 1200 hours comprised of 480 hours of
core units and a minimum of 720 hours of specialisation units. Refer to section 4.1 for details.
Participants who do not complete the Diploma of Shared Technology course will be issued with a
Statement of Attainment identifying those units, which they have successfully completed.
Credit Matrix qualification profile
Diploma of Shared Technology
Credit Matrix
Total Points
No. of
units/modules
Level 8
Level 7
Level 6
Level 5
68
9
Level 4
7
2
Level 3
22
3
Level 2
30
5
Level 1
Total
127
19
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 179 of 237
1220
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 3
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology – sample course
Unit of
competency/
module code
Field of
Education
code (6digit)
Unit of competency/
module title
Credit
Matrix*
Level
Credit
Matrix*
Points
Nominal
hours
2
8
80
2
10
100
Core Units
UEENEEE040B
Identify and select
components/accessories/ materials
for electrotechnology work activities
UEENEEE044B
none
Apply technologies and concepts to
electrotechnology work activities
none
VBP118
031399
Carry out a shared technology project
none
2
6
60
VPAU479
010301
Perform precision measurements
none
4
3
30
VPAU480
020199
Use computer technology
none
4
4
40
VPAU478
030799
Dismantle, assemble, and fabricate
engineering components
none
2
3
30
VPAU477
030799
Apply principles of mechanics to
engineering problems
none
5
6
60
VPAU241
031399
Apply electrical/electronics principles
to engineering problems
none
5
4
40
VBP263
039999
Apply basic principles of materials
science to engineering applications
none
5
4
40
VPAU242
031399
Design a shared technology system
none
6
6
60
VPAU243
031399
Develop an advanced testing and
evaluation system
none
6
4
40
Elective Units
Control Technologies Specialisation
VBP269
030703
Apply hydraulic principles in
engineering
none
5
6
60
VBP270
030703
Apply pneumatic principles in
engineering
none
5
6
60
VBP271
030703
Set up mechatronics engineering
systems
none
5
6
60
VBP267
030703
Set up fluid power controlled
engineering systems
none
5
8
80
VBP272
030703
Interface and program mechatronics
engineering systems
none
6
60
6
Computer Systems Networks Specialisation
VBP119
031305
Perform basic network and computer
assembly
none
2
3
30
VBP120
031305
Perform basic network and computer
maintenance
none
2
3
30
VBP121
020117
Install and configure basic network
and computer operating systems
none
2
4
40
ICAS3031A
Provide basic system administration
none
2
2
20
ICAS3032A
Provide network system
administration
none
2
2
20
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 180 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 3
UEENEED017B
Install and configure Internetworking
systems
UEENEED018B
none
4
12
120
Design and implement
Internetworking systems
D017A
5
16
160
UEENEED019B
Design and implement
Internetworking systems — advanced
routing
D018A
5
10
100
UEENEED020B
Design and implement
Internetworking systems — remote
access
D018A
6
10
100
UEENEED021B
Design and implement
Internetworking systems — multilayer switching
D018A
6
10
100
Total credit matrix points
162
Total nominal hours
1620
The nominal duration of the Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology is 1600 hours comprised of 580
hours of core units and a minimum of 1020 hours of specialisation units. Refer to section 4.1 for details.
Participants who do not complete the Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology course will be issued
with a Statement of Attainment identifying those units, which they have successfully completed.
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Credit Matrix
Total Points
No. of
units/modules
Level 8
Level 7
Level 6
36
5
Level 5
66
9
Level 4
19
3
Level 3
Level 2
41
9
Level 1
Total
162
26
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 181 of 237
Certificate N in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission-Appendix 4
Appendix 4-VRQA Intentions to Accredit approval letter
Victorian Registration &
oualltieations Aut10o:11y
LAVAl 2,:):1S1 Af':r! (IIM$ PIP.C:P.
E<u:t Ma!boumVIC .3002
12 September 2007
T (03) 9637 2006
F' (0$) 9637 2:11 22
vrqa@edumaJI.vic.gov.au
Mr George Adda
Supervising Executive Officer I Engineering Industries CMM
Box Hill Institute ofTAFE
465 ElgarRd
BOX HILL VIC 3128
---- __
www.vrqa.vic.gov.au
DearMrAdda
..
. ·-- -- ·-Thank you for your application for intention to accredit the proposed courses.
.
CertifiCate IV in Shared Technology
Diploma of Shared Technology
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
The VRQA has reviewed the proposal and detl!fmined that it meets the requirements of
Standard 1 Establishing industry, enterprise, education, legislative or community need, as
specified in the Australian Quality Training Framework (AQTF). I am writn
i g to advise that
the VRQA approves the Intention to Accredit.
Please inform the VRQA If any significant changes are made to the proposal during the
development process, including any changes to the membership of the steering committee.
Please also ensure that you follow the accreditation process outlined on the VRQA website
and use the current template for the accreditation submission. All forms and templates may
be downloaded from the VRQA website.
Intentions to Accredit are approved for a period of twelve months, after which the approval
automatically lapses. At the end of the twelve months please notify the VRQA if the project
is still active and whether the proposal as outlined in the Intention to Accredit remains
unchanged or has been changed.
You should also outline the reasons for delay.
Significantly altered Intentions to Accredit must be approved.
If you have any questions or require further information, please contact the VRQA
Accreditation Section,Quality Assurance Unit,on (03) 9637 2612.
Please contact me on (03) 9637 2769 or by e-mail on [gallagher.gay.h@edumail.vic.gov.aul
should you require any assistance.
Yours sincerely
Senior Accreditation Officer, VRQA
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 182 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
Appendix 5 – Scoping Report
Scoping Report – Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
1. Introduction
This scoping report has been generated at the request of the Office of Training and
Tertiary Education (OTTE). This report is preliminary to gaining approval to undertake
course development and submission for accreditation by the Victorian Qualifications
Authority (VQA).
2. Background
New and emerging trends in industry have resulted in the convergence of Information
Communications Technology (ICT) and electronics technologies and their applications
in industry.
These technologies are interactive and provide generic and specialised services
across a range of industries. As they evolve and are adopted by existing industries
they will generate a workforce that will need the skill sets to adapt and utilise these
technologies. The industries affected will be as diverse as:
Film
Automotive
Building and construction
Electrical
Electronics
Engineering
Information technology
Telecommunications.
In their strategic advice to OTTE, the Electrotechnology, Printing, Information and
Communications (EPIC) ITB emphasised that the impact of the growth of industries
sharing technology should not be downplayed and must not be ignored.
The proposed Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology will provide new entrants to the
industry and existing workers with a wide range of training experiences and the skills
required for future work across a diverse range of industries.
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 183 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
3. Methodology
Options for developing and accrediting
1. Use existing Training Packages
The proposed course is in response to an identified need1 for the vocational
education and training sector to provide multi-technology training. Existing
Training Packages define standards for skill sets tailored to discrete industry
sectors. Qualifications within existing Training Packages do not have the
structure or flexibility to provide the cross sector skill training identified by this
investigation.
2. Develop a State Accredited Course.
Developing a State Accredited Course provides the opportunity to configure a
course structure that meets the requirement for cross sector training. The
proposed structure has a small core of project management and workplace skill
units. The substantive course comprises technical specialist units selected from
existing Training Packages.
Note 1:
Shared Technology report “A Roadmap for Traditional and Emerging Industries to 2008”. Author Andrew Lindhjem.
ANTA 2003.
Consultation
Consultation to ensure currency and relevancy of content was undertaken with a range of
stakeholders. Including but not limited to:
Training providers
o A broad range of training providers were represented through the
Advanced Diploma Senate Group for Electrotechnology and the
Victorian Engineering TAFE Senate Group
o Workshop with representation from Chisholm, RMIT, Swinburne and
Box Hill Institutes. Vocational outcomes and knowledge/skill sets were
developed.
Curriculum Maintenance Managers
o Engineering Industries
o Business Industries (Information Technology)
o General Manufacturing
Industry association
o Electronics Industry association of Australia (EIA)
Industry Training Boards
o Electrotechnology, Printing and Information Technology &
Telecommunications Industry Training Board (EPIC ITB)
o Manufacturing and Engineering Skills Advisory Body Victoria (MESAB)
o Automotive Training Victoria (ATV)
o Innovation and Business Skills Australia (IBSA)
o Manufacturing Skills Australia (MSA).
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 184 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
Department of Education and Training
o Office of Training and Tertiary Education
Industry
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Trio Datacom
Cisco Systems
Telstra
Siemens Australia
Peter McCallum Cancer Institute
Agilent Technologies
Department of Natural Resources and Energy
Toyota Australia
DNRE
Schneider Electric
Consultation with industry stakeholders was by telephone conversations, email and a
short questionnaire. Results of these consultations underpin this report and are
summarised in Appendices B, C and D. A letter supporting this investigation has been
provided by Greg Bassani of the Electronics Industry Association of Australia (EIA) –
refer to Appendix A.
4. Proposed Course Structure
4.1
Entry requirements
Entry will be available to applicants who have successfully completed
VCE or its equivalent. These students will usually have completed
mathematics to at least Year 11 together with science subjects. Entry is
also available to mature age applicants. Entry with credit will be
available for applicants who hold technology qualifications. Existing
workers can enter the course with RCC.
Holders of Certificate II in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology) can
expect considerable credit, approximately 1 semester of credit towards
a nominal 2 year full time program.
4.2
4.3
Duration of course
Full time:
Part time:
2 years
4 – 5 years
Importation of units from existing Training Packages
A possible course structure may rely substantially on the importation of
units from other training packages.
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 185 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
4.4
Course structure diagram – for discussion only.
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Relevant TPs
BSB01
MEM05
1. Employability Units
Communicate, relate
Organise & analyse resources, information
Document
OHS
1 Year
(800 hrs
CIV ?)
2. Technology Units: Broad-based
MEM05
UTE99/U
EE05
ICA05
ICT02
Perform
Operate
Install
Repair
Pre-requisite
3. Technology Units: Specialist
Design
Organise
Produce
Commission
4. Core Units
2 Years
(1600 hrs
Ad Dip)
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
MEM05
UTE99/U
EE05
ICA05
ICT02
BSB01
Dip of
App
design
Manage project
o Multi-tech Project A
o Multi-tech Project B
Write, analyse design brief
Investigate, research
Page 186 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
5. Pathways
Entry and exit points are shown in the pathways diagram below.
There is estimated to be in excess of 450 VCE students enrolled in Certificate II
in Electrotechnology (Shared Technology). An Advanced Diploma of Shared
Technology will provide a pathway for students wishing continue their training
within the TAFE environment.
Employment opportunities may be sought with employers who may have
previously sought new employees with single industry specific qualifications. For
example an employer whose business manufactures robotic equipment, and who
may have employed an Advanced Diploma of Electronics Engineering graduate
in the past may consider employing a graduate with an Advanced Diploma of
Shared Technology with specialisations in embedded controller and mechanical
engineering units.
Vendor qualifications may be achieved in parallel with the Advanced Diploma of
Electrotechnology – Shared Technology qualification. For example:
o
o
Networking – Certified Cisco Networking Associate (CCNA)
Computer Hardware and Operating System installation and
maintenance - A+ Certification from the Computing Technology Industry
Association (CompTIA)
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 187 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
Pathways
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Degree / other diploma
or advanced diploma
Employment
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
400 hours
Diploma of Shared Technology
Possible future development
Possible
future
Diploma exit
400 hours
Possible
future
CIV exit
RPL / RCC
CIV in Shared Technology
Possible future development
400 hours
CII exit
CII in Electrotechnology – Shared
Technology
(VCE VET Electrotechnology)
400 hours
Technology CIV
Diploma/Advanced
Diploma
Entry
VCE / VCAL /
mature age
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Existing worker with
RCC
Page 188 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
6. Findings
5.1 Existing Training Packages
Currently there is no national Training Package qualification meeting
this need. Existing training packages do not provide the flexibility to
bundle units from other training packages and provide the cross sector
skill training identified by the scoping report.
5.2 Evidence of Needs
Industry consultation indicates a strong requirement for multitechnology trained people. There are employment prospects for
people trained people in shared technologies. Industry stakeholders
voiced strong support for such a training program and indicated they
would favourably consider job applicants with this type of training.
Potential endorsements include Vendor endorsements such as the
Certified Cisco Networking Associate (CCNA) and the CompTIA A+
(Computing Technology Industry Association) computer service
technician certification. These certifications are in demand and
enhance employability.
An Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology will provide a pathway
for VCE students studying the VETIS Electrotechnology (Shared
technology) study.
5.3 Proposed competencies
In the main, competencies will be drawn from current training packages.
A small number of specific units may need to be developed. The precise
number of specific units to be developed will be determined in the
course qualification structure design phase.
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 189 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
5.4 Vocational Outcomes
The following vocational streams have been identified and verified as
part of the industry survey and questionnaire:
Computer networking
Energy generation
Consumer technical sales
Engineering business
Home automation
Logistics and transportation
Manufacturing engineering, industrial control and
automation
Telecommunications
The vocational outcomes identified by this report were validated by the
industry feedback. Expected skill and knowledge outcomes for each
vocational stream are listed in Appendix C, page 13 and page 14.
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 190 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
7.
Stakeholder Support
RTO support
Consultation with RTOs was carried out via the Senate advisory group
structure. The Advanced Diploma of Electronics and Computer Systems
Senate group has provided significant input with suggestions on possible
course structure, technology streams and competency outlines.
A workshop session was also used to identify the technology streams and
possible knowledge and skill sets.
Industry support
Advice from industry has led to refining the skill and knowledge sets required to
support the various technology streams (refer to Appendix A). Favourable
employment prospects have been expressed by industry.
Ten companies were surveyed, five companies were very positive towards
employing Shared Technology graduates, three were firmly supportive and the
remaining two have not yet responded.
8. Conclusion
Consultation within industry and training providers has indicated that there is
potential demand for a shared technology qualification at the advanced diploma
level. A national qualification may be developed in due course, however in the
interim a State accredited course will satisfy the identified need.
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 191 of 237
Certificate N in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission-Appendix 5
Appendix A
•w
ei
.
I
ELECTRONICS
INDUSTRY
ASSOCIATION
ABN 38 081 177 l26
7 Glen O<mond03d
Eastwood
South Au<tr>lio SC63
Ph: 08 8272 5222
F>x: 06 8212 5277
I March 2006
9rr1: infc@eiaa.asn.i.-u
Web: www.eja:usn.au
lan Stirling
Project Officer
Curriculum Maintenance Manager- Engineering Industries
Box Hill Institute of TAFE
Private Bag 20 l<l
Box Hill
. Victoria 3128
Dear lan,
Sorry about the delay in getting back to you regarding your project query. I actually
followed up here quite soon after our discussion by speaking with Antoaneta
Barbulescu, Principal Lecturer in TAFE SA and Chair of E-TAC, though the views
following are my own.
There appears to be a growing demand for people with Systems Integration skills in
the professional area of the SA electronics industry. This has been brought about by
large defence projects such as the Air Warfare Destroyer and the Collins Class
Submarines. The universities are tooling up to meet the demand but there doesn't
seem to be any paraprofessional courses with a similar focus. Perhaps we will find
that such broad skill-sets are not needed at the paraprofessional level but I think it is
worth investigating.
In a similar way, Mechatronics has strong popularity in University and acceptance by
industry as a merging of electronics, electrical and mechanical engineering. It may be
that an unmet demand exists in th is field at paraprofessional level. Note, this is
related to but not the same as Systems Integration "technicians".
Only a couple of thoughts there lan; hope it helps in some way.
Kind regards,
lf
b. ..
Gre
Executive Qfflcer, (ei)2
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 192 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
Appendix B
Summary of Industry Responses to the Questionnaire
Company
Industry Sector
Industry need for
Shared Technology
skills?
Likely to employ
person with Shared
technology
qualification?
Peter McCallum
Cancer Institute
Medical imaging
Yes
Yes
Siemens
Electrical,
electronics,
mechanical
manufacturing
Yes
Yes
Trio Datacomm
Data acquisition
Yes
probably
Agilent
Technologies
Measurement
Instruments
Motor vehicle
manufacture
Computer
networking
Telecommunication
network
Research and
development
Not sure
possibly
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Toyota Australia
Cisco Systems
Telstra
Department of
Primary Industries
Australian Road
Research Board
Schneider Electric
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Yes
Not directly, but via
service providers
Has not yet
responded to
survey
Has not yet
responded to
survey
Page 193 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
Appendix C
Questionnaire – Shared Technology
…………………………
Q1.
Company name:
Q2.
Company representative:
Q3.
Position:
…………………………
Q4.
Industry sector:
…………………………
Q5.
Which of the technology streams fit your industry?
…………………………
……………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………
Q6.
Are there other technology streams or skill and knowledge sets that could be
added to the list?
……………………………………………………………………
Q7.
Which Skills and Knowledge items are applicable to your industry?
……………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………
Q8.
Does your company employ technicians or paraprofessionals?
……………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………
Q9.
Do you think there is an industry need for technicians/para-professionals with
Shared Technology training?
……………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………
Q10.
Would your company be likely to employ someone who has a Diploma or
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology?
……………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 194 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
Vocational Outcomes - Shared Technologies
Technology Stream
Skills and knowledge
1. Computer Networking
Solve network problems
Analyse network
Optimise network performance
Design, install, commission and maintain
computer networks
Monitor and secure network
2. Energy Generation
Select, install, configure and maintain nonrenewable energy systems
Select, install, configure and maintain
renewable energy systems
Manage energy storage systems
Select, install, replace power control devices
and circuits
3. Consumer Technical
Sales
Setup, install, configure and commission
turnkey systems
Provide service to customer
Have strong face to face communication skills
Know and interpret product specification
Know and apply standards, protocols and
connectivity issues
Investigate and research new product
4. Environmental Control
Use and manage data storage systems
Select, install transducers
Monitor, analyse and process data
5. Engineering Business
Read, interpret and prepare tender documents
Prepare costing and budget estimates
Source and purchase technical requisites
Present and document information
Write technical reports and produce
documentation
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 195 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
Vocational Outcomes - Shared Technology (continued)
6. Home automation
- Multimedia system eg home
theatre
Source product
Know product and system applications
Setup, install, configure and commission
turnkey systems
Integrate system
Deal with customer
Support and maintain - helpdesk
7. Logistics and
transportation
Know GPS data protocols, standards and
limitations
Setup, install, configure, program and
commission turnkey systems
Apply RFID technology
Use and manage data bases
Network computers
Employ wireless technology
8. Manufacturing
Engineering, Industrial
Control and Automation
Design, install, commission and maintain
hydraulic and pneumatic systems
Apply CAD/CAM techniques
Install and program PLCs
Program and install robots
Use SCADA system
Select, install and interface transducers
9. Security
Apply RFID technology
Setup, install, configure, program and
commission turnkey systems
Design, install, commission and maintain
wireless communications
Design, install, commission data capture and
storage
Select, install transducers
10. Telecommunications
Install, maintain network equipment
Setup, install, configure and commission
turnkey systems
Monitor, maintain and install computer networks
Set up VOIP
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 196 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
Appendix D
Shared Technology Questionnaire – Summary of Industry Response to the Questionnaire
Company
Peter
MacCallum
Cancer Institute
Siemens
Q5
Technology streams
fit
Q6
Additional
streams
Q7
Electronics, networking,
e-business
“S” permit
Imaging systems
Electronics, computer networks,
Single and 3-phase power connection
Yes (8)
All, it depends on which
division they are
employed as to the most
applicable.
Basic machine
shop skills,
measurements
and tolerances.
Turbines, energy transmission and distribution.
Pneumatics,
Imaging equipment.
Yes (600)
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Applicable skills and knowledge
Q8
Employer of
technicians?
Q9
Is there a
need for
techs with
shared tech
training?
Yes
Yes, have
been multiskilling multitechnology
training “inhouse”
Page 197 of 237
Q10
Likely to
employ
graduate?
Yes
Yes
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
Company
Agilent
Technologies
Q5
Technology streams
fit
Q6
Additional
streams
Consumer technical
sales,
telecommunications
Q7
Applicable skills and knowledge
Setup, install, configure and commission
turnkey systems - test and measurement
equipment
Q8
Employer of
technicians?
only a
handful
Know and apply standards, protocols and
connectivity issues
Provide service to customer
Have strong face to face communication skills
Know and interpret product specification
Know and apply standards, protocols and
connectivity issues
Investigate and research new product
Employ wireless technology
Trio Datacom
Manufacturing
Engineering, Industrial
Control and Automation
Assemble and
test systems,
develop
automated test
procedures.
Perform
engineering
change orders.
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
in the telecommunication space we Install,
maintain network equipment to measure network
Electronics,
performancee-business (particularly for techs who
deal with external customers). Mechanical
assembly skills. CAD skills.
Yes (8)
Q9
Is there a
need for
techs with
shared tech
training?
Not really as
it applies to
our business;
our key
requirements
relate to
tertiary
qualifications
in Software
Engineering
and we
partner with
universities
such as
RMIT,
Melbourne
for these
skills
Yes
Page 198 of 237
Q10
Likely to
employ
graduate?
It is likely
but not a
major area
as per
above
Probably
as it is
hard to get
people with
a broad
range of
skills.
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
Company
Toyota Australia
Q5
Technology streams
fit
Q6
Additional
streams
Manufacturing
Engineering, Industrial
Control and Automation
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Q7
Applicable skills and knowledge
Maintain and fault find robotic systems. Industrial
comms – physical interfaces and protocols.
Q8
Employer of
technicians?
The company
only
progresses
trades people
into
technician
roles. These
people
however
would benefit
from a
Diploma
/advanced
diploma in
the above
discipline.
Q9
Is there a
need for
techs with
shared tech
training?
I think there
is an industry
need, for
Toyota it
would only
be useful for
current
trades people
to upgrade
their skills.
Much of
Toyotas post
trade training
is being
conducted in
house, where
relevance
and currency
is assured.
Page 199 of 237
Q10
Likely to
employ
graduate?
This type of
diploma
would have
appeal for
the trades to
upgrade
their skills.
The
qualification
would have
to contain
up to date
information
and be
relevant to
the
company. If
the leaner
could not
directly
apply the
information
at the work
site then the
company
would not
support it.
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
Q5
Technology streams
fit
Q6
Additional
streams
Q7
Cisco Systems
– ANZ Area
Operations
Computer networking,
home automation,
Consumer Technical
Sales, Security,
telecommunications
High B/W data
transfer
As listed in questionnaire
Yes (250)
Telstra #1
Transmission
Service view, ability to
understand /interpret
complex networks at a
high level and explain
Computer skills –
databases and
scripting
All items 1 – 10
Yes
Telstra #2
Transmission
Telstra #3
Broadband
Networking and ebusiness
Networking, e-business
nice to have but no
direct application,
logistics, Security,
telecommunications
Use and manage
databases
Item 1
Yes
Item 1
Yes
Company
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Applicable skills and knowledge
Q8
Employer of
technicians?
Q9
Is there a
need for
techs with
shared tech
training?
Yes, this is
what sales
engineers do.
Apply
networking
technology to
other
technology
streams and
industry
sectors.
Yes –
flexible,
adaptable
very
important.
Most
definitely
Yes
Page 200 of 237
Q10
Likely to
employ
graduate?
Yes, with
networking
as a core
knowledge.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 5
Company
Department of
Natural
Resources and
Energy
Q5
Technology streams
fit
Q6
Additional
streams
Computer networking,
Security,
Telecommunications,
Environmental control,
Engineering business
Q7
Applicable skills and knowledge
Provide service to customer
Have strong face to face communication skills
Know and interpret product specification
Know and apply standards, protocols and
connectivity issues
Investigate and research new product
Prepare costing and budget estimates
Source and purchase technical requisites
Present and document information
Write technical reports and produce documentation
Use and manage data storage systems
Solve network problems
Design, install, commission and maintain computer
networks
Monitor and secure network
Q8
Employer of
technicians?
No, generally
purchases
services from
supplier of
specialist
services,
mostly
through
contracted
support
services.
Q9
Is there a
need for
techs with
shared tech
training?
Yes
Schneider
Electric
No – But
would
expect
service
providers
may.
Not yet
responded
Did not
participate
in survey
Australian Road
Research Board
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009 Version 2
Q10
Likely to
employ
graduate?
Page 201 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 7
Appendix 6 – Minutes of Steering Committee Meetings
th
First Steering Committee meeting
8 of February 2007
Second Steering Committee meeting
23 of May 2007
Third Steering Committee meeting
8 of August 2007
Fourth Steering Committee meeting
10 of October 2007
Fifth Steering Committee meeting
15 of November 2007
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
rd
th
th
th
Page 202 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 7
Minutes - First Steering Committee meeting
Minutes of Meeting
The first Steering Committee Meeting for the accreditation of the Certificate VI, Diploma and
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology was held on
8th February 2007 at 2 pm at Box Hill Institute, Nelson Campus, room G11.
Minutes
1.
Attendance
Melissa Adeson, Siemens Australia
Paul Archer, Peter MacCallum Cancer Institute
Dale Phillips, Monash University (Synchrotron Project)
Glenda Graham, Engineers Australia (for Alan Bradley)
Peter Averill, Victoria University (TAFE)
George Adda, CMM Engineering (Chair)
In attendance :
Klaus Bienert, CMM Engineering
Ian Stirling, CMM Engineering
2.
Apologies
Mike McNabb, EPIC ITAB
Peter Cossins, Chisholm Institute of TAFE
ARnan Mitchell, RMIT University
3.
Welcome
On behalf of the chair, George Adda, welcomed members to the first Steering
Committee meeting for the accreditation project of the Certificate IV in Shared
Technology, Diploma and Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology and thanked
them for their participation in this process.
4.
Role of Steering Committee
George explained the reasons for the project and outlined the Victorian course
accreditation process and the requirements to comply with AQTF Standards 27
and 28. It was the task of Steering Committees to oversee the accreditation
process, articulate the need for these courses and endorse their structure and
contents. (See Attachment A that was tabled for the ‘Role of the steering
committee in the accreditation/reaccreditation of courses’)
5.
Background for this report
Numerous reports and studies over the last 5 years have pointed towards a need
for training in emerging/converging/shared/multi technologies.
OTTE commissioned a scoping report conducted by the CMM Engineering
Industries. The scoping report included a survey of Victorian industries and
confirmed that there was a need for such training and no suitable national Training
Package qualification was available.
As a consequence of the scoping report findings OTTE has engaged the CMM to
proceed with developing diploma and advanced diploma level qualifications in
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 203 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 7
shared technology. The establishment of the Steering Committee is the first phase
of this process.
6.
Vocational outcomes and need for the courses
The Steering Committee discussed at length the need for the courses. The
following main points were made:
There are presently no nationally endorsed qualifications at Certificate
IV, Diploma and Advanced Diploma levels for emerging/converging
technologies that meet the needs of industry.
Industry representatives outlined base training requirements for their industries;
 Paul Archer outlined that in discussions at an international level for
his industry, the base requirements for skilled staff was in the
sectors of electronics, computer networking and electro- mechanical
proficiencies. People with these skills would achieve an immediate
vocational outcome if they were applying for employment in this
sector.

Melissa outlined that the base training required for Siemens
technicians was in electronics. Siemens then trains their technicians
in house for the 1st year of employment in the following disciplines of
wireless technology, telecommunications, medical technology,
building technology, power generation, ICT and industrial control
technologies giving their technicians an overview of the converging
technologies they will encounter.

Dale agreed that for his industries staff are required to have similar
technical skills as outline by Melissa and Paul.

Glenda raised the issue of adding additional specialisations once a
qualification has been obtained. Possibilities discussed were the
issuing of a statement of attainment, adding extra specialisations to
a previously achieved qualification or require the issuing of a new
qualification. Not resolved in the meeting but may be an issue for
awarding RTOs.
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 204 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 7
Action:
Industry representatives to give the committee some additional detail
about their shared technology/multi technology training needs.
7.
Draft course structure
Ian Stirling presented a draft course structure for discussion. He pointed out that
the proposal drew heavily on existing units from endorsed Training Packages. He
also indicated that a course structure allowing importation of units by course
deliverers was desirable to provide flexibility in selecting specialisation units to
meet local industry requirements.
Proposed course durations are 1200 hours (approx) for the Diploma and 1600
hours (approx) for the Advanced Diploma.
There was discussion about specifying the duration in terms of minimum number of
units or a minimum number of training hours. The former may result in vastly
varying training duration due to the wide range of competency unit training hours,
the later may lead to a course with a small number of large units resulting in a
narrow specialisation outcome.
Ian also provided samples of possible core/elective units chosen from a variety of
Training Packages and arranged in tables. Table A units could be core units and
Tables B, C, D and E could be tables of selected specialisation units at Certificate
II, Certificate IV, Diploma and Advanced Diploma respectively. Refer to Attachment
B.
Prior to the next Steering Committee meeting, Ian will extend and refine the course
structure and sample tables presented.
8.
“Intention to Accredit” form
Klaus Bienert informed the Committee that he would prepare an ‘Intention to
Accredit’ form for the VQA. VQA would give the final authorisation to proceed with
the accreditation.
9.
Time lines
The CMM Engineering Industries indicated that they expected the project to finish
by September/October 2007 and there would be approximately another two to
three Steering Committee meetings.
10.
Other business
11.
Next meeting
29th March 2007, 2.00 to 5.00 pm, Box Hill Institute, Nelson Campus, room G11.
(Parking details closer to the event)
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 205 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 7
Minutes – Second Steering Committee meeting
Minutes of Meeting
The second Steering Committee Meeting for the accreditation of the Certificate VI, Diploma
and Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology was held on
23rd May 2007 at 2 pm at Box Hill Institute, Nelson Campus, room G11.
Minutes
1.
Attendance
Peter Cossins, Chisholm Institute of TAFE
Alan Bradley, Engineers Australia
Paul Archer, Peter MacCallum Cancer Institute
Peter Averill, Victoria University (TAFE)
George Adda, CMM Engineering
In attendance :
Klaus Bienert, CMM Engineering
Ian Stirling, CMM Engineering
2.
Apologies
Mike McNabb, EPIC ITAB
Melissa Adeson, Siemens-Nokia Australia
Dale Phillips, CHS Global
3.
Discussion about the proposed course structure
Mechanical engineering – pneumatics and hydraulics not identifiable from the
specialisation titles. Consider the term “Control Technologies”. The
specialisation titles don’t clearly convey the intent. Add sub-headings or a
descriptor field to clarify the technologies within a specialisation
“Design a system” unit at AD level well received. A need for mechanical and
electrical measurement skills.
Rename Energy Generation specialisation e.g. “Renewable Energy and
Energy Generation”.
Mike Russell from Business Council for Sustainable Energies should be
contacted for input.
The Core should be unique to this qualification suite and this will require the
authoring of new units of competence to define the character of this
qualification suite. Consider writing competency units on drawing and other
computer packages, computer interfacing, wireless technologies or computer
science.
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 206 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 7
Packaging rules – electives and specialisations
i. there must be 2 specialisations at a qualification level (shared
technologies – breadth)
ii. at least one of the specialisations must be successfully undertaken at
the lower qualification level (depth)
iii. not all specialisations have synergies, identify mutually sympathetic
specialisations or identify disparate specialisations that cannot be
combined for the purposes of shared technology qualifications
iv. elective specialisation units should be drawn from existing training
packages or State accredited courses
v. not all qualification levels are identified for all specialisations. This may
be due to there being no suitable existing units e.g. Photonics units at
CIV and advanced diploma don’t appear to exist in current TPs. In some
cases a job function does not exist at that AQF level e.g. Engineering
Business is not an AQF 2 level activity. Consumer Technical Support is
generally limited to CII – CIV level skills. Investigate the possibility of
using generic BSB units at higher qual levels in Consumer Technical
Support specialisation
vi. the matrix of specialisations versus available units at each qualification
level can be used as a tool to identify the qualification levels available
vii. identify an elective program that facilitates articulation to higher ed.
viii. Add a biomedical specialisation and list typical technologies covered by
the biomedical umbrella such as vacuum technologies,
pneumatics/hydraulics, motor control and microwave
4.
Time lines
The CMM Engineering Industries indicated that they expected the project to finish
by September/October 2007 and there would be approximately another two to
three Steering Committee meetings.
5.
Other business
6.
Next meeting
8th August 2007, 2.00 to 5.00 pm, Box Hill Institute, Nelson Campus,
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 207 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 7
Minutes – Third Steering Committee meeting
Minutes of Meeting
The third Steering Committee Meeting for the accreditation of the Certificate VI, Diploma and
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology was held on
8th of August 2007 at 2 pm at Box Hill Institute, Nelson Campus, room G11.
Minutes
1.
Attendance
Mike McNabb, EPICITAB
Peter Cossins, Chisholm Institute of TAFE
Alan Bradley, Engineers Australia
Paul Archer, Peter MacCallum Cancer Institute
Melissa Adeson, Nokia Siemens Networks
Dale Phillips, CHS Global
George Adda, CMM Engineering
In attendance :
Klaus Bienert, CMM Engineering
Ian Stirling, CMM Engineering
2.
3.
4.
Apologies
5.
Action points from the May meeting
Peter Averill, Victoria University (TAFE)
Amendments to specialisation list titles and dot points added to
clarify intent of each specialisation. Applied Science specialisation
intended to assist articulation to higher education.
Adjustments to diploma core units to include scientific and
engineering principles underpinning the broad range of
specialisation technologies.
Elective unit tables further developed.
6.
Committee discussion
Combine the Security, Environmental Control and Home
Automation specialisations and rename as Building Automation and
Security. Incorporating domestic, commercial and industrial
automation.
Delete Logistics and Transportation from specialisation list. Rename
the Renewable Energy and Energy Generation specialisation as
Sustainable Energy Systems and add a dot point – energy
management systems.
Consumer Technical Support to be renamed Technical Support.
Technical Support specialisation to include customer support,
customer relations and technical help.
Elective totals collapsed into a single table – Table A. Elective units
identified by AQF column in Table A.
Core of Diploma to include an electrical/electronics component to
balance the mechanical component. Delete the unit on applied
mechanics.
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 208 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 7
Packaging rules presented and discussed. Bring prerequisites of
units in Table A into Table A (otherwise they would have to be
imported). Rephrase the requirement for lower level units in the
Diploma and Advanced Diploma courses to clearly stipulate that the
lower level units are to be from the same specialisation.
Update UTENES050A and UTENES056A with equivalent units from
UEE07.
7.
Time lines
The CMM Engineering Industries indicated that they expected the project to finish
by October 2007 and there will be one more Steering Committee meeting.
8.
Other business
nil
9.
Next meeting
Wednesday, 10th of October 2007, 2.00 to 5.00 pm, Box Hill Institute, Nelson
Campus,
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 209 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 7
Minutes – Fourth Steering Committee meeting
Minutes of Meeting
The fourth Steering Committee Meeting for the accreditation of the Certificate VI, Diploma and
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology was held on
10th of October 2007 at 2 pm at Box Hill Institute, Nelson Campus, room G11.
Minutes
1.
Attendance
Mike McNabb, EPIC ITAB
Alan Bradley, Engineers Australia
Paul Archer, Peter MacCallum Cancer Centre
Dale Phillips, CHS Global
George Adda, CMM Engineering
In attendance :
Klaus Bienert, CMM Engineering
Ian Stirling, CMM Engineering
2.
Apologies
Peter Cossins, Chisholm Institute of TAFE
Melissa Adeson, Nokia Siemens Networks
Peter Averill, Victoria University (TAFE)
3.
Discussion of Accreditation submission
Industry need – strengthen the wording.
Support letters – IS to follow up – Varian, BCSE, EPIC, Philips
Qualification levels – OK
Employability Skills to be added.
Recommended changes to the Core units 001 to 007
- NEW001 in the required knowledge section, replace the word
application with use.
- NEW002 has a similar title to an existing MEM05 unit. Add an
appendix table listing the reasons why similar titled existing units
are not being used.
- NEW003 add a 7th dot point demonstrably conforms.
- NEW004 in the required skills section dot point 1, change to
tools.
- NEW005 Change title, remove the term fabrication. In the
required skills section dot point 1, delete obtaining.
- NEW006 change the title and content to reflect mechanics rather
than physics. Rewrite the Required Skills and Knowledge
sections. Include heat, pressure and temperature and increase
the hours to 60 hours.
- NEW007 change Required Skills to more closely reflect the
intent of the unit. Change alignment of unit from distribution and
include electrical energy systems, electrical energy sources,
energy conversion and DC systems. In the analog electronics
section add EM spectrum to dot point 1 and add a dot point on
transducers.
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 210 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 7
Course Rules for selecting electives appear to provide
flexibility and sufficient guidance to RTOs about sufficient
depth and breadth. Minor rewording recommended for CIV
and Diploma. Add paragraph at front of CIV outlining course
intent.
4.
Time lines
The CMM Engineering Industries indicated that they expected the project to finish
by early December 2007
5.
Other business
nil
6.
Next meeting
Thursday, 15th of November 2007, 2.00 to 5.00 pm, Box Hill Institute, Nelson
Campus,
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 211 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 7
Minutes – Fifth Steering Committee meeting
Minutes of Meeting
The fifth Steering Committee Meeting for the accreditation of the Certificate VI, Diploma and
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology was held on the
15th of November 2007 at 2 pm at Box Hill Institute, Nelson Campus, room G11.
Minutes
1.
Attendance
Peter Cossins, Chisholm Institute of TAFE (Acting Chair)
Paul Archer, Peter MacCallum Cancer Centre
Dale Phillips, CHS Global
George Adda, CMM Engineering
Melissa Adeson, Nokia Siemens Networks
In attendance :
Klaus Bienert, CMM Engineering
Ian Stirling, CMM Engineering
2.
Apologies
Mike McNabb, EPIC ITAB
Alan Bradley, Engineers Australia
Peter Averill, Victoria University (TAFE)
3.
Actioned items from previous Steering Committee meeting
KB outlined the strengthening of the industry need , section 2.1
Employability Skills section completed since last meeting. Steering
Committee agrees that the Employability Skills are suitable for the courses.
Minor reworking of Teamwork employability skills at Advanced Diploma level
recommended.
Minor changes to core units NEW001A, NEW002A, NEW003A, NEW004A
and NEW005A as recommended by previous meeting confirmed by IS.
NEW006A Apply principles of mechanics to engineering problems - additional
evidence of skills included and copy tabled by IS. “Application of unit”,
“Required skills” and “Required knowledge” sections tightened with new
“Heat, temperature and pressure” section added.
NEW007A Apply electrical and electronics principles to engineering problems
- additional evidence of skills included and copy tabled by IS. “Application of
unit”, “Required skills” and “Required knowledge” sections tightened.
4.
Accreditation Submission
Section B discussed and approved.
For each specialisation heading in Table 4, add the word “Specialisation” for
clarity.
Changes to new units endorsed by Steering Committee and Unit Codes for
the 7 new units now to be sought from the VRQA.
5.
Feedback from Alan Bradley (in absentia) discussed.
Possible need for a mathematics unit in the core of the Diploma. The steering
committee expressed the view that maths units could be selected from the
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 212 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 7
Applied Science specialisation on an RTO needs basis and should not be
part of the core requirement.
More appropriate units in the Biomedical specialisation be sought. The
Committee expressed the view that the title of this specialisation be changed
to Medical Systems Engineering to reflect imaging/radiation source and
detection systems – “off-patient” apparatus. No existing unit is available. The
Steering committee recommended that at this late stage, a new unit/s should
be written as part of ongoing course maintenance. Use of vacuum techniques
is common in this sector, ensure all vacuum units from 21621VIC Advanced
Diploma of Engineering Technology are included in the Medical Systems
Engineering specialisation.
6.
The meeting endorsed the submission and Course Content Endorsement forms
were signed by all members in attendance. The meeting minutes and Course
Content Endorsement forms will be sent out to committee members not present at
this meeting.
7.
The CMM Engineering Industries thanked the Steering Committee for their
valuable contribution to the development of the Shared Technology suite of
qualifications and indicated that the accreditation submission will be advanced to
the VRQA in early December 2007.
8.
Other business
nil
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 213 of 237
Certificate N in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission-Appendix 7
Appendix 7-Course Content Endorsement Forms
jJ. V-ctorlan Registration &
Qualification& Authority
Course Contents Endorsement form
f Course title(s)
The steering committee
oversees the development
of the course and ensures
that:
•
•
•
the contents and
qualification structure
meet the needs of
industry, enterprises
and/or the community
the course meets all
relevant occupational
health and safety
regulations, licensing
requirements and any
other legislation that is
appropriate to the course
the employability skills
summary reflects the
needs of the job role
•
any risks associated with
the course have been
identified
•
Where the Credit Matrix
has been used, that any
Credit Matrix points and
levels assigned are
appropriate
Certificate IV in Shared Technology
Diploma of Shared Technology
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
1. The structure of the course(s) meets the identified
industryfenterprisefcommunity need.
es
0
No
2. The qualification level is appropriate to industry needs
es
0
No
3. The content of the course(s) includes all relevant
occupationalhealth and safety requirements for this
industry/community (if appropriate).
es
0
No
0 Not Applicable
4. The course(s) meets any licensing requirements for this
industry/community.
0 Yes
0 No
ov'
No t Applicable
5. The course(s) complies with any relevant legislation
specific to the industry/community (if appropriate).
0 Yes
0 No
ov'
Not Applicable
6. The content of each unit reflects the knowledge and skills
Each member of the
require o achiev11 the vocationaloutcome.
steering committee must
complete and sign a copy
0 No
of this form to certify that
tiJey agree that course
!-meets the requirements as-specified.
If you feel as a steering committee member that you cannot agree that one or more of the above
requirements has been adequately addressed,please provide details of your concerns.(Please attach
additionalpages if required.}
f).
·M -
·'!;i · :..
·-- ·--·- !!......... !......-..
"""'+,
i ·.. U...i. t.L .. .. . . .............. o/..- -
--:fit;;::g::s.;;;;.. -:. . . . . . . .. .. ·.:. ·..
VRQA crsecntentsndorsemt070703
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
;·iij!jQ.'.?..:::::
7 Page 1 of 1
Page 214 of 237
Cert:ifi cate N in Shared Techno! ogy, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission -Appendix 7
J.
RVecgtois• tarn
ation &
Jll""
Qualifications Author1y
Course Contents Endorsement form
Course title(s)
Certificate IV in Shared Technology
Diploma of Shared Technology
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
The steering committee
oversees the development
of the course and ensures
that:
J
1. The structure of the course(s) meets the identified
industry/enterprise/community need.
rlf
Yes
No
0
•
the contents and
qualification structure
meet the needs of
industry,enterprises
and/or the community
• the course meets all
relevant occupational
health and safety
regulations.licensing
requirements and any
other legislation that is
appropriate to the course
•
the employability skills
summary reflects the
needs of the job role
•
any risks associated with
the course have been
identified
Where the Credit Matrix
has been used, that any
Credit Matrix points and
levels assigned are
appropriate
•
Each member of the
steering committee must
complete and sign a copy
of this form to certify that
they agree that course
meefs the requirements as
specified.
2. The qualification levelis appropriate to industry needs
/Yes
0
No
3. The content of the course(s) includes all relevant
occupationalhealth and safety requirements for this
industry/community (if appropriate).
Yes
0
No
0 Not Applicable
4. The course(s) meets any licensing requirements for this
industry/community.
0 Yes
0 No
o..f NotApplicable
5. The course(s) complies with any relevant legislation
specific to the industry/community (if appropriate).
0 Yes
o
No
0,( Not Applicable
6. The content of each unit reflects the knowledge and skills
required to achieve the vocational outcome.
/ves
0 No
If you feel as a steering committee member that you cannot agree that one or more of the above
requirements has been adequately addressed,please provide details of your concerns. (Please attach
additional pages if required.)
C State ofVictoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 215 of 237
Certificate N in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission-Appendix 7
AJ.
Vlctonan Rog
lst;atu)n e..
JJ
Q"aht catoo"s Au'.hon.-,
Course Contents Endorsement form
Course title(s)
-
The steering committee
oversees the development
of the course and ensures
that:
•
•
•
•
•
the contents and
qualification structure
meet the needs of
industry, enterprises
and/orthe community
the course meets all
relevant occupational
health and safety
regulations,licensing
requirements and any
other legislation that is
appropriate to the course
the employability skills
summary reflects the
needs of the job role
any risks associated with
the course have been
identified
Where the Credit Matrix
has been used, that any
Credit Matrix points and
levels assigned are
appropriate
Each member of the
steering committee must
- _gmplete and sign a copy
of this form to certify that
they agree that course
meets the requirements as
specified.
Certificate I V in Shared Technology
Diploma of Shared Technology
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
1. The structure of the course(s) meets the identified
industry/enterprise/community need.
Yes
No
D
2. The qualification levelis appropriate to industry needs
3. The content of the course(s) includes all relevant
occupationalhealth and safety requirements for this
industry/community (if appropriate).
s
D
No
D Not Applicable
4. The course(s) meets any licensing requirements for this
industry/community.
D Yes
D
No
rn.rNot Applicable
5. The course(s) complies with any relevant legislation
specific to the industry/community (if appropriate).
D
No
o..f
Not Applicable
6. The content of each unit reflects the knowledge and skills
required to achieve the vocationaloutcome.
o·No -
If you feelas a steering committee member that you cannot agree that one or more of the above
requirements has been adequately addressed, please provide details of your concerns. (Please attach
additionalpages if required.)
VRQA orsecntentsndorsem!070703
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 1 of 1
Page 216 of 237
Certificate N in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission-Appendix 7
-· I.
Victo"'iao Registration &
Qvalffieations Aut110rily
Course Contents Endorsement form
Course title(s)
The steerfng committee
oversees the development
of the course and ensures
that:
• the contents and
qualification structure
meet the needs of
industry, enterprises
and/or the community
• the course meets all
relevant occupational
health and safety
regulations, licensing
requirements and any
other legislation that is
appropriate to the course
• the employability skills
summary reflects the
needs of the job role
• any risks associated with
the course have been
identified
• Where the Credit Matrix
has been used, that any
Credit Matrix points and
levels assigned are
appropriate
Each member of the
steering committee must
complete and sign a copy
of this form to certify that
they agree that course
meets the requirements as
specified.
Certificate IV in Shared Technology
Diploma of Shared Technology
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
1. The structure of the course(s) meets the identified
industry/enterprise/community need.
0"Yes
0
No
2. The qualification level is appropriate to industry needs
if
Yes
0
No
3. The content of the course(s) includes all relevant
occupational health and safety requirements for this
industry/community (if appropriate).
0 Yes
0
No
EfNot Applicable
4. The course(s) meets any licensing requirements for this
industry/community.
0 Yes
0 No
[i('Not Applicable
5. The course(s) complies with any relevant legislation
specific to the industry/community (if appropriate).
0 Yes
0 No
E(N
' ot Applicable
6. The content of each unit reflects the knowledge and skills
required to achieve the vocationaloutcome.
0"Yes
0 No
If you feelas a steering committee member that you cannot agree
that one or more of the above requirements has been adequately addressed,please provide details of
your concerns. (Please attach additionalpages if required.)
VRQA crsecntentsndprsemt070703.doc
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 1 of 1
Page 217 of 237
Certificate N in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accredit<tion Submission -Appendix 7
[Cou<Se tiUe(•)
-
The steering committee
oversees the development
of the course and ensures
that:
•
•
•
•
•
the contents and
qualification structure
meet the needs of
industry, enterprises
and/or the community
the course meets all
relevant occupational
health and safety
regulations,licensing
requirements and any
other legislation that is
appropriate to the course
the employability skills
summary reflects the
needs of the job role
any risks associated with
the course have been
identified
Where the Credit Matrix
has been used,that any
Credit Matrix points and
levels assigned are
appropriate
Certificate IV in Shared Technology
Diploma of Shared Technology
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
1. The structure of the course(s) meets the Identified
Industry/enterprise/community need.
1!1
Yes
0
J
No
2. The qualification level is appropriate to industry needs
181 Yes
0
No
3. The content of the course(s) includes all relevant
occupationalhealth and safety requirements for this
industry/community (if appropriate}.
181 Yes
0
No
0 Not Applicable
4. The course(s) meets any licensing requirements for this
industry/community.
0 Yes
0 No
1'!1 Not Applicable
5. The course(s) complies with any relevant legislation
specific to the industry/community (if appropriate).
o
Yes
o
No
IKI Not Applicable
6. The content of each unit reflects the knowledge and skills
Each member of the
steering committee must
complete and sign a copy
of this form to certify that
they agree that course
meets the requirements as
specified.
required to achieve the vocationaloutcome.
181 Yes
o
No
If you feel as a steering committee member that you cannot agree
that one or more of the above requirements has been adequately addressed, please provide details of
your concerns. (Please attach additional pages if required.)
VROA crsecnten<sndorsomt070703.doc
© State of VictoriaC> State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 1 of 1
Page 218 of 237
Certifi cate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditaion Submission -Appendix 7
..JIJ.
I'
Victon
Registre.Uon &
ouanncauons Aul•o-r.v
Course Contents Endorsement form
- Certificate IV In Shared Technology
--- Diploma of Shared Technology
Cou et;tte-)---------..1.---- ----- Diploma of Shared Technology
Advanced
----1. The structure of the course(s) meets the identified
The steering committee
industry/enterprise/community need.
oversees the development
of the course and ensures
dYes
0
No
that:
• the contents and
qualification structure
2. The qualification level is appropriate to industry needs
meet the needs of
industry,enterprises
es
0
No
and/or the community
3. The content of the course(s) includes all relevant
• the course meets all
occupational health and safety requirements for this
relevant occupational
industry/community (if appropriate).
health and safety
regulations,licensing
u!Yes
D
No
0 Not Applicable
requirements and any
other legislation that is
appropriate to the course
4. The course(s) meets any licensing requirements for this
• the employability skills
industry/community.
summary reflects the
needs of the job role
0 Yes
0 No
ot Applicable
• any risks associated with
the course have been
identified
5. The course(s) complies with any relevant legislation
• Where the Credit Matrix
specific to the industry/community (if appropr ate).
has been used, that any
Credit Matrix points and
0 Yes
0 No
ot Applicable
levels assigned are
appropriate
6. The content of each unit reflects the knowledge and skills
Each member of the
re<lfred to achieve the vocationaloutcome.
steering committee must
complete and sign a copy
Yes
o No
of this form to certify that
they agree that course
meets the requirements as
specified.
c/
If you feelas a steering committee member that you cannot agree
that one or more of the above requirements has been adequately addressed, please provide details of
your concerns. (Please attach additional pages if required.)
······························································.f t:,·.....
...............................................
Name:B..en.................... Signature: .......... ......................Date: ...
Jl'!-- ·c:"'=::,. ,,._..
VRQA crsecntentslldors()lllt070703.doc
© State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
s..
;:IJ.-:.9.. ...
Page 1 of 1
Page 219 of 237
Certificate N in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission-Appendix 7
)J¥: i
!W
¢I'J VictQrir.n Registration &
:\v-;Qualification s Authority
Course Contents Endorsement form
Course title(s)
-
The steering committee
oversees the development
of the course and ensures
that:
•
•
the contents and
qualification structure
meet the needs of
industry, enterprises
and/or the community
the course meets all
relevant occupational
health and safety
regulations,licensing
requirements and any
other legislation that is
appropriate to the course
•
the employability skills
summary reflects the
needs of the job role
•
any risks associated with
the course have been
identified
•
Where the Credit Matrix
has been used, that any
Credit Matrix points and
levels assigned are
appropriaie
Each member of the
steering committee must
complete and sign a copy
of this form to certify that
they agree that course
meets the requirements as
specified.
Cert.ilicate IV in Shared Technology
Diploma of Shared Technol ogy
Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
1. The structure of the course(s) meets the identified
industry/enterprise/community ne.ed.
r;/ves
No
0
2. The qualification levelis appropriate to industry needs
Yes
0
No
3. The content of the course(s) includes all relevant
occupationalhealth and safety requirements for this
industryfcommunity (if appropriate).
s
No
0
0 Not Applicable
4. The course(s) meets any licensing requirements for this
industry/community.
0 Yes
0 No
Not Applicable
5. The course(s) complies with any relevant legislation
specific to the industry/community (if appropriate).
0 Yes
o
No
Not Applicable
6. The content of each unit reflects the knowledge and skills
required to achieve the vocational outcome.
ONo
If you feel as a steering committee member that you cannot agree
that one or more of the above requirements has been adequately addressed, please provide details of
your concerns. (Please attach additional pages if required.)
VRQA crsecnten1sndorsemt070703.doc
© :::>tate ot v tctona© :::>tate ot
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page t of1
I"aye LLU Ul L,j I
Certificate_IV in Shared Technology:Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Dipl oma of Sh!r"ed Technology
Accreditation Subm1ss1on - Appendix 8
Appendix 8 -Letters of Support
.-l
VARIAN
25 October 2007
George Adda
--il-l - - -- · ----------
----- - --
POBox2014
BOX HILL VIC3128
Dear George
RE:
Development of Shared Technology courses for accreditation
I wish to inform you that Varian Australia fully supports the development of the
Certificate IV of Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology and Advanced
Diploma of Shared Technology.
As a company involved in design and manufacture of highly technical and complex
scientific instruments and a sigllificant employer of para-professional specialists,
Varian Australia believes this qualification suite has the potential to contribute
significanlly to the multi-technology skills base in Victoria.
Sincerely
Adrian Scott
,
Manufllctur:ing Manager
·i., ' ..
. ····-
C State of Victoria© State of
.:•
•I
:
• •.''
'
•• •
.·.
. .. .
' ·.
Page 221 237
Certificate_IV in Shared Technology:Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Dipl oma of Sh!r"ed Technology
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Of
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission-Appendix 8
•
Ttb
29 DRUMMOND ST, CARLTON VIC 3054
P: 03 9654 1299 F· 03 9654 525299
ABN 32 262 490 270
WWW .EPIC ITB .COM
13 December 2007
GeorgeAdda
CMM -Engineering
-sox H.iUinstitute ofTAF£
P0Box2014
BOX H.ILL VlC 3l28
Dear George
RE:
Development of Shared Technology Courses for Accreditation
I wish to infonn you that EPIC ITB fully supports the development of the Certificate !V of Shared
Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology and Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology.
EPiC lTB believes this qualification suite bas the potential to contribute significantly to the multitechnology skills base in Victoria.
z
Michael McNa
CEO
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 222 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission-Appendix 8
Cfean Energy Council
February 20fh, 2008
18 Kavana gh Street
Southluink
VIC 3006
03 9929 4115
Mr George Adda
CMM- Engineering
Box Hill Institute ofTAFE
PO Box 2014
BOX HILL VIC 3128
Dear George
RE: Development of Shared Technology courses for Accreditat on
I am writing to say that the Clean Energy Council fully supports the development
of the Certificate IV of Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology and
Advanced Diploma of Sharoo Technology.
The Clean Energy Council is supported by over 400 businesses involvedin
energy product on including electrc
i ity, gas,wind,hydro and bioenergy and
beileves this qualification suite has the potential to contribute to the multitechnology skills base required by the energy industry.
With best wishes for the accreditation of these qualifications.
Yours sincerely
Mike Russell
Manager, Training and Accreditation
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 223 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 9
Appendix 9 – Accreditation Panel Documentation
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 224 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 9
Accreditations Advisers
Impartiality Statement
This is a statement of impartiality or non-conflict of interest that the VRQA
Accreditation Adviser signs prior to commencing the application assessment.
1. Lina Robinson
2.
Trevor Lange
Date 9 July 2008
Section A General information
Suggested amendments
1
Course developer

2
Address

3.
Contact details for course
developer

4.
Type of submission

5
Copyright information
6
Licensing and franchise
Appendix references need to be reversed ie
1 is 2 and 2 is 1

7.
Course accrediting body

8
AVETMISS information
9
ASCO code:

ANZSIC code

ASCED code – 4 digit

National course code

Period of accreditation

Course developer’s response
Section corrected
Section B Course information
Suggested amendments
1.1
Name of the qualification

1.2
Nominal duration of the course

©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Course developer’s response
Page 225 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 9
2.1
Industry/enterprise/community
needs
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Course code for Certificate II in Electrotechnology should be 21583VIC (three
references - pages 9,10&11)
Code corrected
No endorsement form for George Adda in
Appendix 7.
Has been included
Page 226 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 9
2.2
Review for reaccredidation

3.1
Qualification level

3.2
Competency standards
Appendix reference needs to be reversed
3.3
General competencies

3.4
Recognition given to the course

3.5
Licensing/regulatory requirements

4.1
Course structure
Appreciating that the courses are a
framework and are complex in the way
the units are packaged however, the rules
are not clear and don’t conform with
VRQA requirements .The following are
suggestions that will help to simplify and
clarify the packaging requirements:
It would be clearer to list the number
of core units, electives and
specializations that are required to be
completed for each of the
qualifications.
Number of core units inserted.
It is the VRQA’s preference that
elective or specialization units are
determined by outcomes and not
hours.
Refer first Steering Committee
meeting 8 Feb 2007 where a
preference for hours over
number of units was articulated.
To be discussed at AA panel
meeting
A table showing units and their
suitability against appropriate AQF
level would be useful. Could be an
appendix.
The 20% ruling is confusing.
Wouldn’t it be clearer to say, for
example, “A minimum of ? units may
be selected from relevant Training
Packages or state accredited courses
provided …..”.
4.2
Entry requirements
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Section corrected
This information is already
contained in the electives table
for the course structure.
To be discussed at the AA panel
meeting
Could the note relating to the multiple
prerequisite possibilities be explained?
Is there a reason why the prerequisites
cannot be listed like the rest of them?
This is a function of the MEM05
TP which has multiple prerequisite pathways. To be
discussed at the AA panel
meeting.
The scoping report suggests a different
Limitation to entry into these
entry requirement ie. Completion of VCE
courses on the basis of VCE or
or its equivalent.
equivalent could not be justified.
The Steering Committee
approved Section B, including
Entry Requirements, in its
present form at its meeting on 15
Page 227 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 9
November 2007.
Since the Certificate II in
Electrotechnology is a pathway to these
qualifications shouldn’t it also be referred
to here as well as Item 7?
The Certificate II is a possible
articulation pathway. It is not an
essential entry requirement for
these courses. Prefer not to
include a reference here because
it could be misinterpreted.
4.3
Pathways

4.4
Customisation

5.1
Assessment strategy
The final paragraph can be removed as it
repeats what is said in the second
paragraph
Paragraph deleted.
corrected
5.2
Assessor competencies
5.3
Workplace assessment
Capitals required in AQTF 2007 title (also
in Item 5.4)
Check for the currency of TAA units. They
may have been updated to a C version

5.4
Recognition of Prior Learning

6.1
Delivery modes

6.2
Resources

7
Articulation and credit transfer
8
Ongoing monitoring and
evaluation
In light of the packaging rules for the
Advance Diploma query whether credit
would apply for all units of the Certificate
II as stated.

Unit identifiers updated
Yes, all units of the Cert II
provide credit.
Section C Units of competency
Code
Title
All
Suggested amendments
Avoid using the specific of times (eg
twice) the learner need to demonstrate
competency within the critical aspects of
evidence. Review the advice in the
Training Package Developers Handbook.
Course developer’s response
Quote from the VRQA
competency template:
If relevant, insert a consistency
statement e.g. the number of
occasions on which skills
should be demonstrated, in
what range of situations or on
what types of equipment.
Include time constraints if
required.
Suggest we discuss at the panel
meeting whether the
replacement of the word
‘twice’ with ‘consistently’ is
more appropriate.
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 228 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 9
VPAU237
Perform precision measurement
The rationale for developing this unit
(and VPAU438/9) as stated in chart
(Appendix10) is because the similar Trg
Pkg unit only provided partial coverage.
Query then why in the descriptors of the
new units does it state the units only
‘partially meets the requirements’ of the
similar Trg pkg unit they replace?.
The above advice in the VRQA
template seem to deviate from
the Training Package
Developers Handbook
Changed to:
This unit is informed by (unit
title)
General comments:
The list of imported units and new units should also be displayed as a table of contents under Section C.
Lists inserted
The appendices could be arranged in a more logical order. Label appendices in order of appearance, that is, first
mention of appendix should be referred to as Appendix A, then B, and so forth.
To be discussed at AA meeting
Please check the template for the Employability Skills Qualification Summary. The wording “Learning and
Assessment Strategies and Activities” is not suitable as a column title. The template suggests “Industry/enterprise
requirements for this qualification include the following facets”. You may wish to the additional wording in the
template for user friendly advice.
Table heading changed to comply with template and introductory wording added
It appears from the minutes of the first steering committee meeting that the vocational outcomes of the scoping
project (page 93) formed the basis for the skills needs for the framework. It would have been useful to show the
alignment between the skills needs and units of competencies.
To be discussed at AA panel meeting
ACCREDITATION PANEL
We confirm that the submission meets the requirements to proceed to an accreditation panel, subject to the
amendments outlined above
Name of accreditation
advisers
1. Lina Robinson
Date
9 July 2008
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
2. Trevor Lange
Page 229 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 9
Use this page only in relation to this group of courses
Risk Assessment of high risk courses in alternative and complementary health
1. For the course overall
Yes/ No
Information located in
documentation
Steering committee members have declared any
conflict of interest
Regulatory requirements, industry standards and codes
of practice have been identified
Prerequisites for the course have been identified in
qualifications and/or experience
Treatment/ therapy referrals to other health
practitioners have been identified
Circumstances have been identified when the
treatment/therapy should NOT be given
Competency must be clearly demonstrated through
demonstration or through simulated activity?
Intended vocational outcomes verified as appropriate
by ITB, ISC or recognised peak body/bodies
2. Risk management assessment
Risk factors
Yes
No Risk mitigation information located
Steering
committee has
ranked the risk
as
Involves skin penetration
H
M
L
Requires infection control for
other reasons
Involves physical
manipulation
OHS requirements are
relevant to operator and/ or
client
Deals with the mental health
of the client
Serious contraindications may
exist
H
M
L
H
M
L
H
M
L
H
M
L
H
M
L
Eg, inclusion of details to show compliance with registration of
the business location
3. Letters of support have been provided by the state Industry Training Board, the national Industry Skills
Council, and/ or relevant recognised peak industry body/bodies or regulatory authorities
Yes/ No
4. There is a match between vocational outcomes, AQF level and entry requirements
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Yes/No
Page 230 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, AdvancedDiplomaofSh!f"ed Technology
Accreditaion Submission -Appendix 9
c-
.
I NSTITU TE
Minutes of Accreditation Pa nel meeting
Wednesday, 16 July 2008, 2.30 pm
Box Hi11 Institute,
Nelson Campus
Box Hill
Coursc(s)
submitted for
accrcditntlon:
Certificate IV in Shared Technology
l)iploma of Shared Technology
Ad\•anccd l>iploma of Shored Tcchuology
Developer
CJ'vDf, EngineeringIndustries, Box ltill lnstitute
----------------------------------------Copyright holder:
State of Victoria
Position/Orgunisation
Name
Industry/community
representatives
Pmtl Archer
Engineering Manager
Pe1er MacCallum Cancer Cen1re
Alex Frnzer
CEO. ePIC lTB
Accreditation
Advisers
Trevor Lange
CMM, General Manufacturing (Chisholm)
Liua Robinson
Service Skills Victoria, l'rogram Man.E.ger WRAPS
Accreditation Adviser
Robyn Francis
(Mentee)
In auendanc:e:
George Adda
Klaus Bicnert
Jan Stirling
C::YCM, Engineering Industries
CMM, Engineering Industries
CMM, Engineering Industries
The meeting was chaired by:Trevor Lange
MEETING PROCEEDINGS
1.
Welcome and Introduction of Panel members
The meeling waformally opened by Trevor Lange, the chai.rpersnn, who welcomed members and
gave a brief overview of the proocss of a,;sessment for aocrcditation.
©State ofVict.oriaC State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 230 ot 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technol ogy, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technol ogy
Accreditation Submission - Appendix 9
2.
Th e role oftbe Accrcdltntion Pnn e l
The Chairperson gave a brief overview of the role of the Accreditation Panel ilS specified in the
Accreditation Panel documentation. M<.:mbers indicated that they were familiar with the roles and
responsibilities of the Accreditation Panel.
3.
Background to the coursc(s) submitted for accreditation
George Adda, CMM Engineeriug, provided infom1ation on the baclq.'TOund of the courses, their
contem and intended vocationa l outcomes. Paul Archer expanded by giving ll perspective of the mix
of skills in different technnlncieR fl1At ind ustry would be looking for.
4.
Accreditation Advisers' Course Accreditation ReJlOa·t
The Chairperson outlined that he was informed by the proponcntlhntthis complex course su bmission
was started in2007 ru1d tbat coovc:rsion of the documentation to comply with the AQTF 2007 form11t
would cause a further de:ay of the project. The Panel agreed that the usc of AQTF 2005 fomtat was
acceptable in this case. The Panel agreed with the Chairperson's suggestion that the report should be
used to confinn cowpliauce with AQTF 2005 standards for the accrediration of the courses.
The P<mel reviewed the Accreditation Advisers' Repot1 and the changes thai had been made prior to
the panel meeting by the proponent. The l'anel accepted tile changes made to U1e submission as per
the proponent's response. The proponent advised that a few of the suggest ed <tmeudments from the
Accredi:ation Advisors' report t·equir<!d further <liscussion and clarification during the meeting.
5.
Assessment of U1e appli cation against the Standards 27 and 28 of the AQTF Standards
for State and Terri tory Registering/Course Accrediting Bodi es
·
Stundard 27- Establishin& the need for Courses
The Panel agreed tht the courses met the Standard snbjeetto the following modiftcations:
•
In section 2.1, p: ge I O,lnst paragraph replace: 'A diwu-se ra11ge C!f'industries could employ
graduates ... 'with 'A diw:rse range of indusu:v will C!mploy grad11ates ...'
Standard 28- Course Desian Critcrin
Standcml 28.I a - Units of Competency
TI1e Panel agreed that the cour5es met the Sttmdard subject to the following modifications:
•
The Accreditation Advisors repon recommended that u nits of competency should avoid
mancmting a specific number of times (e.g. hvice) a learner would have to demonstrate a skill
in order to be deemed competent. It was agreed lha! there seemed to ben difference i:1 the
advice given in tbe VRQA u nit of competency proforma and. the Training Package
Developers Handbook. The Panel accepted a proposal from the proponcnl to change the
wording in the units of com etenc (VPAU237to VPAU243) to indicate that the ' skill has 10
2
0 State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 231 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technol ogy, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technol ogy
Accreditation Submission - Appendix 9
Clulta/ J::t!ut:uton;
be demonstrated consistcnl( y'
•
With reference to YPAU237/2381239 the Panel agreed that the use of 'This unit is informed
by (nationalzmil title and code)' i s a better choice than the unit 'partially mee1s 1he
requirements (national unit code m1d tide)' .
Standard 28.1b - Asses.miCIII
The Panel agreed thm the courses met the Standard.
Standard 28./c- AQF lJIIItfijicalions
The Panel ab'recd tha t the courses met the Standard.
Standard 28./d- Access and Pach1• tys
The Panel agreed that t.he courses met the Standard subject to the following modifications:
•
The Accreditation Advi rs outlined that by convention the VRQA has a preference to
specifY course packaging rules in number of units to be completed rather than in 'number of
units equivale111 10 a training ejfu•·r of x how·s...>. They also noted that the Stt--ering
Committee at its tirst meeting expressed the view t11at stating ibc course rules in terms of
units of competency may lead to a course with a small nu mber oflnrge units resulting in a
narrow specialisatiOtl outcome.
The Panel discussed this issue for a considerabl e time. It was noted that the proposed coun;es
are drawing on units of competency from 10 endorsed training pack11ges and 3 State
accredite([ courseand t.hat all these packages and courses nre vety different in the way they
are stmcruring units of competency for their industries. Other options, such as points, were
also canvassed. However, it was pointed out that a poin ts system is a different wa y of
expressing hours and that sucb a system would make tbe course rules even more complex. ft
was final ly agreed, that because of the variability of the units of conpetency from various
training packages and courses and the complexity of linking tbcro toget her in a meaningful
way for training in different technologies, the expsion of course length in 'nllmber of unit s
eqrlimle11t to a trainl11g c.fTorl u.fx huurs... '
u uld remain in its original form.
•
Tn make the customisation statement clearer, the Panel agreed to change the statement for
each of the courses from:
·To providcji.wllser.fl•xibility the cm1rse customi:mlion ndes permi! that 20% oft/1
elective u11it:s uf comperency may be imported ....'
to:
·To fJIYII'ide Jitrtiwr.flc:xibihty the course customisatiun 11dcs permit that up to three (3) of
rhe elective llllits of competency may be imported ....·
•
Klaus Bienert presented the course p<ickaging rules in diagrammatical form to make the
course rules ea -ier to com prehend. The Panel requested that these d:agrnms should be
incorporated into t.hc submission docwnent aod t!Jat t uc wrillco description of the course
?ackaging rules should be aligned witb these diagrams.
•
The Panel requested elari lication of the meaning of 'note 1' :11 the end of the 'Electi"es
3
0 State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 232 of 237
Cer tifi cate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technol ogy
Accreditation Submission - Appendix 9
Clu6ul Rtlll t:;llltrs
Table'. lt was agreed that a ll pre-requite information should be included next to the units
listed in the 'Electives Table' and d1at 'note I' should be deleted.
•
The following typosrnphical omissions should be rectified:
- rt
Table I row 2 'Core units - all six (6) rn be completed '
- Insert the word 'Table 4'on top of the Electives Table
Sumdard 28.Je.- Fk'J·.ible teaming
The Panel agreed that the courses met the Standard.
Standard 28. f
- Articuiation and crediltran fer
The Panel agreed that the courses met the Standard.
Standard 28.I g- Cllsloml:mtion
TI1e Panel agreed that the course.met the Stll!ldard subject to the following modification
Change
'4.1 Course structure. This pem1its the imponation o.fup to 20% of the electives units of competency
...
to:
'4.1 Course structure. 11:/s permits Jlw importation of up to three (3) o.f the electives units of'
competency ...
Standard 28.1It- Nfunitoring aNd evaluation
The Panel agreed that the courses met the Standard.
General Commenu
The sequence of appendices wns discussed. Section C wiU be changed to include all newly developed
units of :ompetency followed by the imp011ed unit of competency tables. All appendices will be
inserted after Section C and appear in a more logical order.
The Panel discussed tl1e vocational outcomes that fom1ed the basis for Ihe skills needs of the courses
framework as identil'ied in the scopitlg project and tl1eir alignment to the uuiis of competency.li was
agreed that linking lht: ski lls nod knowledge lo the units ofcompete.ucy would nut be pmctical due to
the vast range of unit used. The range of units tlwl would align to particular skills, levels and
speciai!sations would simply be too large.
4
0 State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 233 of 237
Cer tifi cate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technol ogy
Accreditation Submission - Appendix 9
5.
Recommcndutiooon Accreditntioo
I . The Accreditation Pon<.:l n:commended that the VRQA accredit the:
Certificate IV in Shared Technology;
Diploma of Shared Teclmology, and
Advanced Diploma of Shared Teclmology
for a period of five years, fi·om I July 2008 to 30 June 2013 and subject to the amendments
detailed above.
Proposed: Paul Archer
Seconded: Alex Fruzer
2.
The Chair will sign the submission on behalf of the Panel once the recommended changes
have been submitted.
Proposed: Lina Robinso n
Seconded:Paul Archer
6.
Ot'bec busine5s
The chair person asked the proponent that the amended submission and the minutes of the
Accreditation meeting should lle distributed to all members ofthe PMel and the Mentee
Accreditation Advisor.
CHAIRPERSON COJ'\FI'RMATION OF ML"'UTES
'7.eE voe LANGe
, as Chairperson oft he Accreditation Panel, confum
that all members of tbc At;creditation Panel agree that this is a true and accurate record of the .
Accreditation Panel meeting, ancl1hatlllly recommended changes to !be submission indicated above
have been made.
5
0 State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 234 of 237
Cer tifi cate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technol ogy
Accreditation Submission - Appendix 9
Victorian Registrati on &.
Qualifications Avt11ority
Declaration by Accreditation Advisers
We confirrnthat we have sighted the following documents as part ofthe review of this accreditation
subm i ssion and that these docwnents suould be submitted to the VRQA together \\ th the signed
minutes of Ihe .o\ccrcdilation Panel meeting:
• Accreditahon submission Yer·sron number
•
I
lVHnutes of meeting of steering committee : 8i2/2007, 23/052!007, 8/0812007, lOll0 2007,
15/ll/2007
• Course contents approval fnrms: number seen: eight (8) These are all complete for this
project
• Accreditation adviser repor1is Yes (If more tha n one report, indicate the munbcr)
•
_
intention to accredit and VRQA approval Ycs
VRQA Accreditation Adviser Lina Robinson
_/. /'")/
Signed
.
. ? .¢'<4----_Date _17 July 2008
©State of Victoria© State of
Victoria 2009 Version 2
Page 235 of 237
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 10
Appendix 10 – Update of Credit Matrix Information – Course Version 1.1
Updated Credit Matrix levels
unit code
unit title
ICAI4030B
ICTTC010C
ICTTC137B
MEM07005B
MEM09002B
MEM11012B
MEM13014A
MEM16010A
MEM16014A
MEM18001C
MEM18002B
MEM22006A
MEM23001A
MEM23081A
MEM30001A
MEM30012A
MEM30023A
PSPGOV603B
UEENEED012B
UEENEED028B
UEENEED045B
UEENEED050B
UEENEEE001B
UEENEEH012B
UEENEEH048B
Install software to networked computers
Place, secure and terminate optical fibre cable
Install, maintain and modify customer premises communications cabling: ACA Open Rule
Perform general machining
Interpret technical drawing
Purchase materials
Apply principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment
Write reports
Report technical information
Use hand tools
Use power tools/hand held operations
Source and estimate materials
Apply advanced mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment
Apply scientific principles and techniques in mechanical engineering situations
Use computer aided drafting systems to produce basic engineering drawings
Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment
Prepare a simple cost estimate for a manufactured product
Develop a tender submission response
Support computer hardware and software
Develop and test code for microcontroller devices
Modify-redesign of computer system
Develop control programs for micro-computer equipped devices
Apply OHS practices in the workplace
Troubleshoot digital subsystems
Design and develop advanced digital systems
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009
Version 2
Superseded
unit level
rating
3
2
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
2
2
4
5
5
5
5
4
5
3
5
5
5
2
2
5
Page 236 of 237
Current
unit
level
rationg
4
3
2
2
2
2
1
4
4
1
1
5
6
6
3
3
3
6
4
6
6
6
1
3
6
Certificate IV in Shared Technology, Diploma of Shared Technology, Advanced Diploma of Shared Technology
Accreditation Submission – Appendix 10
Update of nominal hours
unit code
unit title
BSBEBU501A
ICTTC017C
UEENEED016B
Investigate and design ebusiness solutions
Alter services to existing cable system
Develop network services
Incorrect
nominal
hours
60
60
100
Correct
nominal
hours
50
80
120
Update Credit Matrix points
unit code
unit title
BSBEBU501A
BSBITU301A
BSBPMG504A
BSBRKG604B
BSBW RT401A
ICTCC100A
ICTTC017C
ICTTC066C
UEENEED016B
VBN771
Investigate and design ebusiness solutions
Create and use databases
Manage project costs
Determine security and access rules and procedures
Write complex documents
Follow occupational health and safety policy and procedures
Alter services to existing cable system
Joint and terminate co-axial cable
Develop network services
Apply electrotechnology principles in an engineering work environment
© State of Victoria© State of Victoria 2009
Version 2
Superseded
units points
rating
6
3
4
2
5
6
6
6
10
2
Page 237 of 237
Current
unit
points
rating
5
4
5
5
10
2
8
4
12
4